Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
__________________________________________
FORM 10-K
__________________________________________
(Mark One)
x
Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015
or
¨
Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number 0-20184
__________________________________________
THE FINISH LINE, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
__________________________________________
Indiana
 
35-1537210
(State of Incorporation)
 
(I.R.S. Employer ID No.)
3308 N. Mitthoeffer Road, Indianapolis, Indiana 46235
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (317) 899-1022
 
  Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
(Title of Each Class)
 
(Name of each exchange on which registered)
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this form 10-K. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  
Large accelerated filer
 
x
Accelerated filer
 
¨
Non-accelerated filer
 
¨
Smaller reporting company
 
¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x
The aggregate market value of the voting Class A Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, which was based on the closing price on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $1,406,582,619. The registrant does not have any outstanding non-voting common equity.
The number of shares of the registrant’s Class A Common Stock outstanding on April 3, 2015 was 46,049,085.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement (to be filed within 120 days after February 28, 2015 ) for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on July 16, 2015 (hereinafter referred to as the “ 2015 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated into Part III.
 
 
 
 
 


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Business
General
Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the 52 weeks ended February 28, 2015 , the 52 weeks ended March 1, 2014 , and the 52 weeks ended March 2, 2013 are referred to as fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively.
The Finish Line, Inc., together with its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), is one of the largest specialty retailers in the United States, and operates two retail divisions, one under the Finish Line brand name and another under the Running Specialty Group (“Running Specialty”). The Company’s goal is to offer the most relevant products from the best brands in an engaging and exciting shopping environment with knowledgeable staff trained to deliver outstanding customer service.
Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the term “brick and mortar stores” is used to describe Finish Line stores and the term “digital” is used to describe the Company’s e-commerce site, www.finishline.com, and mobile commerce site, m.finishline.com. The brick and mortar stores and digital are collectively referred to as “Finish Line” throughout this document.
Finish Line Brand Name.  Finish Line is a premium retailer of athletic shoes, apparel, and accessories. As of April 3, 2015 , the Company operated 634 Finish Line stores, which average 5,463 square feet, in 45 U.S. states and Puerto Rico. In addition, the Company operates an e-commerce site, www.finishline.com, as well as mobile commerce via m.finishline.com. Finish Line carries a large selection of men’s, women’s, and kids’ athletic shoes (“footwear”), as well as an assortment of apparel and accessories (“softgoods”). Brand names offered by Finish Line include Nike, Brand Jordan, adidas, Under Armour, Reebok, Asics, Brooks, New Balance, Mizuno, Skechers, Converse, Puma, The North Face, and many others. Footwear accounts for approximately 89% of Finish Line’s net sales.
Under the Finish Line brand name, the Company is the exclusive retailer of athletic shoes, both in-store and online, for Macy’s Retail Holdings, Inc., Macy’s Puerto Rico, Inc., and Macys.com, Inc. (collectively, “Macy’s”). The Company is responsible for the athletic footwear assortment, inventory, fulfillment, and pricing at all of Macy’s locations and online at www.macys.com. As of April 3, 2015 , the Company operated Finish Line-branded athletic footwear shops in 395 Macy’s department stores, which average 1,024 square feet, in 37 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the term “shops within department stores” is used to describe our business operations at Macy’s in-store branded and unbranded shops, as well as online at www.macys.com. Shops within department stores carry men’s, women’s, and kids’ athletic shoes, as well as an assortment of accessories. Brand names offered by shops within department stores include Nike, Skechers, Converse, Puma, New Balance, adidas, Asics, Reebok, and Under Armour.
Running Specialty.  Running Specialty is an active lifestyle retailer of precision-fitted running shoes, apparel, and accessories. As of April 3, 2015 , the Company operated 76 Running Specialty stores, which average 3,630 square feet, in 17 U.S. states and the District of Columbia. In addition, Running Specialty operates the e-commerce site www.boulderrunningcompany.com, as well as the informational site www.run.com. Running Specialty carries men’s and women’s performance running shoes, as well as an assortment of performance apparel and accessories. Brand names offered include Brooks, Asics, Nike, Saucony, New Balance, Mizuno, Feetures, Hoka, adidas, and Garmin. Footwear accounts for approximately 65% of Running Specialty’s net sales.
The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 3308 N. Mitthoeffer Road, Indianapolis, Indiana 46235, and its telephone number is (317) 899-1022.
Operating Strategies
The Company seeks to be the premium athletic shoes, apparel, and accessories retailer and active lifestyle retailer in the markets it serves. To achieve this, the Company has developed the following elements to its operating strategy:
Emphasis on Customer Service and Convenience.  The Company is committed to providing a premium shopping experience that is relevant and rewarding for customers.
Finish Line seeks to achieve this objective in stores by providing convenient mall-based locations that feature a compelling store design with knowledgeable, trained, and courteous customer service professionals as well as a vast selection of fashion-forward and innovative products. In certain stores, this also includes “store-within-a-store” models, such as Nike Track Club, and a differentiated customer experience. In addition, the Company has extended the Finish Line brand name to shops within department stores, a majority of which feature Finish Line branding and the same trained and courteous customer service professionals to extend the Finish Line brand to the Macy’s customer.

1

Table of Contents

Running Specialty stores carry a deep assortment of performance running shoes, apparel, and accessories. Running Specialty stores have trained experts to advise everyone from beginner to advanced runners and provide free gait analysis to ensure the proper fit. The stores are tightly connected to their communities, hosting regular neighborhood group runs and sponsoring local races, which typically begin and end near the store.
Through e-commerce and mobile commerce, Finish Line and Running Specialty seek to provide an easy shopping experience, robust product selection, and outstanding service.
Product Diversity; Target Customer Appeal.  The Company stocks its stores/shops with a combination of the leading and newest brand name merchandise, including in-line offerings and unique products offered exclusively by the Company. The focus is on the Company’s stores/shops maintaining their status as a leader in premium athletic shoes, apparel, and accessories for men, women, and kids. Product diversity, in combination with the Company’s store/shop formats and commitment to customer service, is intended to attract a core customer (typically male, age 18-29 for Finish Line, females, age 30-50 for shops within department stores, and technical and performance runners for Running Specialty) as well as other key demographics. The Company is focused on offering premium product, which includes the best brands, trend-right styles, and most relevant selection.
Merchandise
The following table sets forth net sales along with the percentage of net sales for the Company attributable to the categories of footwear and softgoods during the fiscal years indicated. These amounts and percentages fluctuate substantially during the different consumer buying seasons. To take advantage of this seasonality, the Company’s stores/shops have been designed to allow for a shift in emphasis in the merchandise mix between footwear and softgoods items.
 
Category
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(in thousands)
Footwear
 
$
1,596,443

 
88
%
 
$
1,466,039

 
88
%
 
$
1,237,685

 
86
%
Softgoods
 
224,143

 
12
%
 
204,371

 
12
%
 
205,680

 
14
%
Total net sales
 
$
1,820,586

 
100
%
 
$
1,670,410

 
100
%
 
$
1,443,365

 
100
%
All merchandising decisions, including merchandise mix, pricing, promotions, and markdowns, are made at the Company’s Customer Central corporate headquarters (“Customer Central”) for Finish Line and shops within department stores and at Running Specialty’s corporate office (“Running Specialty corporate”) for Running Specialty. The merchandising management at Customer Central and Running Specialty corporate, along with store/shop sales managers and district sales managers, review the merchandise mix to adapt to trends in the marketplace.
Technology
The Company continues to update its digital sites to enhance their quality and functionality. The Company has committed capital and other resources specifically for its growing digital channel, which includes design and content upgrades, mobile and tablet applications, expanded presence on social media, and platform enhancements. Finishline.com, boulderrunningcompany.com, and related mobile sites are collectively the Company’s most visited store/shop with approximately 416,000 visitors per day.
To support the omnichannel commitment as a customer-centric organization, the Company also continuously evaluates and implements improvements to technological platforms, which affect stores/shops, merchandising, planning, allocation, warehouse management, order management, and customer relationship management. These improvements allow the Company to more effectively engage the customer, remain flexible and scalable to support growth, provide integrated service, and have information for real-time decision making.
Within our brick and mortar stores, we fully upgraded our POS software and hardware during fiscal 2013 , including the addition of hand-held scanners, allowing our customer service associates to check customers out anywhere in the store via credit or debit card. During fiscal 2014 and 2015 , the Company made additional POS and hand-held scanner software upgrades to increase their functionality and further enhance the customer experience. In fiscal 2015 , the Company also launched a new mobile app and made enhancements to its mobile web experience - all of which continue to be critical to winning with the customer. In fiscal 2016, the Company is planning to replace its existing warehouse order management software, which will allow the Company to deliver its products more quickly to its stores/shops and customers, further enhancing its customer experience in store and online.

2

Table of Contents

The Company is focused on creating an omnichannel customer experience which will deliver a consistent, seamless brand experience for customers at all touch points – stores, shops within department stores, web, mobile, social media, phone, email, and direct mail.
Marketing
Finish Line attempts to reach its target audience by using a multifaceted approach to marketing on national, regional, and local levels. Finish Line utilizes its store windows, direct mail, e-mail, viral media, search engine optimization, key word searches, and online ads in its marketing efforts. In addition to the methods noted for Finish Line, Running Specialty also markets through participating in expositions throughout the year at different running events, as well as through local race events. Shops within department stores collaborate with Macy’s on specific marketing approaches, which are generally similar to the marketing approaches utilized by Finish Line.
The Company benefits from advertising and promotional assistance from many of its suppliers. This assistance takes the form of cooperative advertising programs, in-store sales incentives, point-of-purchase materials, product training for employees, and other programs. The Company’s total advertising expense was 1.9% of net sales after deducting co-op reimbursements in both fiscal 2015 and 2014 . These percentages fluctuate substantially during the different consumer buying seasons. The Company believes that it benefits from the multi-million dollar advertising campaigns of its key suppliers, such as Nike, adidas, Under Armour, and Reebok.
Finish Line has a customer loyalty program called “Winners Circle.” Customers earn a $20 reward certificate for every $200 they spend at Finish Line within a 12 month period, in addition to receiving special member offers on footwear and softgoods. Finish Line maintains a Winners Circle database with information that it uses to communicate with members regarding key initiatives, product offerings, and promotions. Finish Line continues to put an emphasis on growing the membership base of the Winners Circle program, which increased 11% in fiscal 2015 to 10.0 million active members as of year-end, and improving the marketing effectiveness of the Winners Circle program to strengthen Finish Line’s relationship with its most loyal customers in order to drive sales.
Merchandising and Distribution
In addition to merchandise procurement for both footwear and softgoods, the merchandising department for the Company is also responsible for determining initial pricing and working with the planning and allocation department to establish appropriate stock levels and product mix. Additionally, the merchandising department is responsible for communicating with store/shop and digital operations to monitor shifts in customer tastes and market trends.
The planning and allocation department is responsible for merchandise allocation, inventory movements, and the automated replenishment system. The department acts as the central processing intermediary between the merchandising department, the distribution center, and stores/shops and also tracks the effectiveness of each marketing effort to allow the merchandising and marketing departments to determine the relative success of each promotional program. In addition, the department also manages the implementation of price changes, creation of vendor purchase orders, and determination of inventory levels for each store/shop.
The Company believes that its ability to buy in large quantities directly from suppliers enables it to obtain favorable pricing and trade terms. Currently, the Company purchases product from approximately 75 suppliers and manufacturers of athletic and fashion products, the largest of which (Nike) accounted for approximately 73% and 70% of total purchases in fiscal 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The Company purchased approximately 87% and 88% of its total merchandise in fiscal 2015 and 2014 , respectively, from its five largest suppliers. The Company and its vendors use EDI technology to streamline purchasing and distribution operations.
Nearly all of the Company’s merchandise is shipped directly from suppliers to the Company’s distribution center in Indianapolis, IN, where the Company processes and ships the merchandise by contract and common carriers to its stores/shops or directly to customers. Each day shipments are made to approximately one-third of the Company’s stores/shops. In any three-week period, each store/shop will receive approximately five shipments. A shipment is normally received by the store/shop one to four days from the date that the order is filled depending on the store/shop’s distance from the distribution center.
Store Operations
The Company’s corporate and regional senior management visit the stores/shops regularly to review and receive feedback from the stores/shops related to the implementation of the Company’s customer service model, plans, and policies, to monitor operations, and to review inventories and the presentation of merchandise. Accounting and general financial functions for the stores/shops are conducted at Customer Central for Finish Line and shops within department stores and Running Specialty

3

Table of Contents

corporate for Running Specialty. Each store/shop has a sales manager, co-sales managers, or team lead that is responsible for supervision and overall operations, one or more assistant sales managers, and additional full and part-time sales associates.
Regional, district, and store sales managers receive a fixed salary (except store managers in California) and are eligible for bonuses, based primarily on sales, payroll, inventory shrink, and other performance goals of the stores/shops for which they are responsible. All store sales managers in California, team leads, assistant store sales managers, and sales associates are paid on an hourly basis. The Company utilizes a national commission program for its stores/shops to motivate employees to provide outstanding customer service and drive sales.
Competition
The athletic shoes, apparel, and accessories business is highly competitive. Many of the products the Company sells are also sold in department stores, national and regional full-line sporting goods stores, athletic footwear specialty stores, athletic footwear superstores, discount stores, traditional shoe stores, mass merchandisers, and e-tailers. Some of the Company’s primary competitors are large national chains that have substantially greater financial and other resources than the Company. Among the Company’s competition are stores along with e-commerce sites that are owned by major suppliers to the Company. To a lesser extent, the Company competes with local sporting goods and athletic specialty stores. The majority of brick and mortar stores and shops within department stores are located in enclosed malls or shopping centers in which one or more competitors also operate. Typically, the leases that the Company enters into do not restrict the opening of stores by competitors.
The Company seeks to differentiate itself from its competition by operating more attractive, well-stocked stores/shops in high retail traffic areas, with competitive prices and knowledgeable and courteous customer service. The Company keeps its prices competitive with athletic specialty and sporting goods stores in each trade area, including competitors that are not necessarily located inside the mall. The Company believes it accomplishes this by effectively assorting its stores/shops with the most relevant premium brands and products in the market.
Seasonal Business
The Company’s business follows a seasonal pattern, peaking over a total of approximately 12 weeks during the back-to-school (mid July through early September) and holiday (Thanksgiving through Christmas) seasons. During fiscal 2015 and 2014 , these seasons collectively accounted for approximately 31% and 30%, respectively, of the Company’s annual sales.
Employees
As of February 28, 2015 , the Company employed approximately 12,300 persons, 4,300 of whom were full-time and 8,000 of whom were part-time. Of this total, approximately 1,100 were employed at Customer Central, the Company’s distribution center, and Running Specialty corporate and approximately 90 were employed as regional vice presidents and district sales managers. Additional part-time employees are typically hired during the back-to-school and holiday seasons. None of the Company’s employees are represented by a union, and employee relations are good.
Retirement Plan
The Company’s Profit Sharing Plan includes a 401(k) feature. Effective January 1, 2012, the Company amended its Profit Sharing Plan whereby the Company matches 100 percent of employee contributions to the 401(k) plan on the first three percent of employee’s wages and matches an additional 50 percent of employee contributions to the 401(k) plan up to an additional two percent of their wages. Prior to this amendment, the Company matched 50 percent of employee contributions to the 401(k) plan up to six percent of employee wages.
Intellectual Property
The Company has registered, in the United States and other countries, trademarks, service marks, and domain names relating to its business. The Company believes its registrations are valid. It intends to be vigilant with regard to infringing or diluting uses by other parties, and to enforce vigorously its rights in its trademarks, service marks, and domain names.
Available Information
The Company’s Internet address is www.finishline.com . The Company makes available free of charge through its website the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports and amendments are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, the Company’s Code of Ethics and other corporate governance documents are available on its Investor Relations page under “Corporate Governance.”

4

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors
Forward-Looking Statements
Forward-looking statements (as such term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) contained in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various important factors, many of which may be beyond the Company’s control. Accordingly, future performance and financial results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in any such forward-looking statements. Investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results. You can identify these statements as those that may predict, forecast, indicate, or imply future results, performance, or advancements and by forward-looking words such as, but not limited to, “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “future,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “foresee,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan,” “project,” “goal,” “will,” “will be,” “continue,” “lead to,” “expand,” “grow,” “confidence,” “could,” “should,” “may,” “might,” or any variations of such words or other words or phrases with similar meanings . Forward-looking statements address or describe, among other things, expectations, growth strategies, including plans to open and close stores/shops, projections of future profitability, results of operations, capital expenditures, financial condition, or other “forward-looking” information and may include statements about net sales, product margin, occupancy costs, selling, general, and administrative expenses, operating margins, liquidity, operations, and/or inventory. All of these forward-looking statements are subject to risks, management assumptions, and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included herein are made only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update these forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.
Current, recent past, and future economic and financial conditions have caused and may continue to cause a decline in consumer spending and may adversely affect the Company’s business, operations, liquidity, financial results, and stock price.
The Company’s operating results are affected by the relative condition of the U.S. economy. Business and financial performance may be adversely affected by current, recent past, and future economic conditions that cause a decline in business and consumer spending, including a reduction in the availability of credit, increased unemployment levels, higher energy and fuel costs, rising interest rates, financial market volatility, and recession. Additionally, the Company may experience difficulties in operating and growing its operations to react to economic pressures in the U.S.
As a business that depends on consumer discretionary spending, the Company’s customers may reduce their spending and purchases due to job losses or fear of job losses, foreclosures, bankruptcies, higher consumer debt and interest rates, reduced access to credit, falling home prices, increased taxes, and/or lower consumer confidence. Decreases in comparable store net sales, customer traffic, or average dollar per transaction negatively affect the Company’s financial performance, and a prolonged period of depressed consumer spending could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results. Promotional activities, product liquidation, and decreased demand for consumer products could affect profitability and margins. Customer traffic is difficult to forecast and mitigate. As a consequence, sales, operating, and financial results for a particular period are difficult to predict, and, therefore, it is difficult to forecast expected results for future periods. Any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition and could adversely affect the Company’s stock price.
Additionally, many of the effects and consequences of U.S. and global financial and economic conditions could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity and capital resources, including the ability to raise additional capital, if needed, or the ability of banks to honor draws on the Company’s credit facility, or could otherwise negatively affect the Company’s business and financial results. Although the Company normally generates funds from operations to pay operating expenses and fund capital expenditures and has a revolving credit agreement in place until November 30, 2017 (but does not have any borrowings under it other than amounts used for stand-by letters of credit as of February 28, 2015 ), the ability to continue to meet these cash requirements over the long-term may require access to additional sources of funds, including capital and credit markets. Continuing market volatility, the impact of government intervention in financial markets, and general economic conditions may adversely affect the ability of the Company to access capital and credit markets.
Global economic conditions may also adversely affect our vendors’ access to capital and liquidity with which to maintain their inventory, production levels, and product quality and to operate their businesses, all of which could adversely affect the Company’s supply chain. Furthermore, our vendors might reduce their offerings of customer incentives and vendor allowances, cooperative marketing expenditures, and product promotions. Market instability could make it more difficult for the Company and its vendors to accurately forecast future product demand trends, which could cause the Company to carry too much or too little merchandise in various product categories. Current, recent past, and future financial and economic conditions may also

5

Table of Contents

adversely affect landlords and real estate developers of retail space, which may limit the availability of attractive leased store locations. Current, recent past, and future conditions may also adversely affect the Company’s product liquidation efforts.
The Company’s business faces a great deal of competitive pressure.
The athletic shoes, apparel, and accessories business is highly competitive. The Company competes for customers, customer service professionals, locations, merchandise, services, and other important aspects of its business with many other local, regional, national, and branded vendor operated retailers. Those competitors, some of whom have a greater market presence than the Company, include traditional brick and mortar store-based retailers, Internet and digital businesses, and other forms of retail commerce. A factor in the Company’s success is its ability to differentiate itself from its competitors. Unanticipated changes in the pricing and other practices of those competitors may adversely affect the Company’s performance. The Company cannot guarantee that it will be able to compete successfully against current and/or future companies within its industry and market space.
The Company may experience fluctuations in results of operations due to seasonality of the business.
The Company’s business is subject to seasonal influences, with a major portion of sales and income historically realized during the second and fourth quarters of the fiscal year, which include the back-to-school and holiday seasons, respectively. This seasonality causes operating results to vary considerably from quarter to quarter and could materially and adversely affect the Company’s results and stock price. In addition, comparable store sales are subject to significant fluctuation, on a monthly, quarterly, and annual basis, and we anticipate this fluctuation to continue in the future.
The Company’s business is dependent on consumer preferences and fashion trends and successful management of inventory.
The athletic footwear and softgoods industry is subject to changing fashion trends and customer preferences. The Company cannot guarantee that its merchandise selection will accurately reflect customer preferences when it is offered for sale or that the Company will be able to identify and respond quickly to fashion trends and changes, particularly given the long lead times for ordering much of the Company’s merchandise from vendors. For example, merchandise is generally ordered six to nine months prior to delivery to stores/shops. Sufficient inventory levels must be maintained for the Company to operate its business successfully. However, the Company must guard against accumulating excess or irrelevant inventory. If the Company fails to accurately anticipate either the market for merchandise or customers’ purchasing habits, the Company may be forced to rely on markdowns, promotional sales, or product liquidation to dispose of excess, irrelevant, and/or slow moving inventory, which may adversely affect performance and results.
The Company’s business may be adversely affected by changes in merchandise sourcing.
All of the Company’s vendors must comply with applicable laws and required standards of conduct. The ability to find qualified vendors and access products in a timely and efficient manner can be a challenge, especially with respect to goods sourced outside the United States. Political or financial instability, vendor employment relations, trade restrictions, tariffs, currency exchange rates, transport capacity and costs, and other factors relating to foreign trade, and the ability to access suitable merchandise on acceptable terms, are beyond the Company’s control and could adversely impact performance and results.
Changes in relationships with any of the Company’s key vendors may have an adverse impact on future results.
The Company’s business is dependent, to a significant degree, upon the ability to purchase premium brand-name merchandise at competitive prices, including the receipt of volume discounts, cooperative advertising, and markdown allowances from vendors. The Company purchased approximately 87% of its merchandise in fiscal 2015 from its top five vendors and expects to continue to obtain a significant percentage of its product from these vendors in future periods. Approximately 73% of merchandise was purchased from one vendor (Nike). The inability to obtain merchandise in a timely manner from major vendors (particularly Nike) as a result of business decisions by vendors or disruptions in the global transportation network such as a port strike, weather conditions, work stoppages, or other labor unrest could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company. Because of the strong dependence on Nike, any adverse development in Nike’s distribution strategy, financial condition, or results of operations or the inability of Nike to develop and manufacture products that appeal to the Company’s target customers could also have an adverse effect on the business, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

6

Table of Contents

The Company’s operations are dependent primarily on a single distribution center, and the loss of, or disruption in, the distribution center and other factors affecting the distribution of merchandise could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and operations.
The distribution functions for the Company are primarily handled from a single facility in Indianapolis, Indiana. Any significant interruption in the operation of the distribution center due to natural disasters, accidents, system failures, or other unforeseen causes could delay or impair the ability to distribute merchandise to stores/shops and/or fulfill orders originating from any of its commerce sites, which could cause sales to decline.
The Company depends upon third-party carriers for shipment of a significant amount of merchandise to both its stores/shops and directly to its consumers. An interruption in service by these third-party carriers for any reason could cause temporary disruptions in business, a loss of sales and profits, and other material adverse effects.
Freight costs are impacted by changes in fuel prices through surcharges, among other factors. Fuel prices and surcharges affect freight costs both on inbound freight from vendors to the distribution center as well as outbound freight from the distribution center to stores/shops, vendor returns and third party liquidators, and shipments of product to customers. Increases in fuel prices and surcharges and other factors may increase freight costs.
The Company may need to record significant non-cash impairment charges if its long-lived assets, including goodwill, become impaired.
The Company reviews its property and equipment when events indicate that the carrying value of such assets may be impaired. If an impairment trigger is identified, the carrying value is compared to its estimated fair value and provisions for impairment are recorded as appropriate.
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually, at a minimum. Fair value of a reporting unit with goodwill is determined based on a combination of a discounted cash flow approach and market-based approach, which is compared to the reporting unit’s carrying value and provisions for impairment are recorded as appropriate.
Impairment losses are significantly affected by estimates of future operating cash flows and estimates of fair value. Estimates of future operating cash flows are identified from strategic long-range plans, which are based upon experience, knowledge, and expectations; however, these estimates can be affected by such factors as future operating results, future store/shop profitability, and future economic conditions, all of which can be difficult to predict accurately. Any significant deterioration in macroeconomic conditions could affect the fair value of our long-lived assets, including goodwill, and could result in future impairment charges, which would adversely affect our results of operations.
The Company’s business may be adversely affected by the failure to identify suitable store locations and acceptable lease terms.
To take advantage of customer traffic and shopping preferences, the Company needs to obtain and retain stores in desirable locations, such as in regional and neighborhood malls anchored by major department stores. The Company cannot be certain that desirable mall or other locations will continue to be available. Several large landlords dominate the ownership of prime malls in the United States and because of the dependence upon these landlords for a substantial number of the Company’s store locations, any significant erosion of the relationships with these landlords or their financial condition would negatively affect our ability to obtain and retain locations. Additionally, further landlord consolidation may negatively affect our ability to obtain and retain store locations at acceptable lease terms. The Company’s average remaining store lease term is relatively short. Due to the short-term nature, the Company is subject to potential market changes, which could increase occupancy costs and adversely affect profitability.
The Company’s future results may be adversely affected if it is unable to implement its strategic plan and growth initiatives.
The Company’s ability to succeed in its strategic plan and growth initiatives could require significant capital investment and management attention, which may result in the diversion of these resources from the core business and other business issues and opportunities. Additionally, any new initiative is subject to certain risks, including customer acceptance, competition, ramp up time, product differentiation, challenges to economies of scale in merchandise sourcing, and/or the ability to attract and retain qualified management and other personnel. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to develop and successfully implement its strategic plan and growth initiatives to a point where they will become profitable or generate positive cash flow. If the Company cannot successfully execute its strategic plan and growth initiatives, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations may be adversely impacted.

7

Table of Contents

Changes in labor conditions, as well as the Company’s inability to attract and retain the talent required for the business, may negatively affect operating results.
Future performance will depend upon the Company’s ability to attract, retain, and motivate qualified employees, including store personnel, field management, senior management, and other key personnel. Many sales associates are in entry level or part-time positions with historically high rates of turnover. The ability to meet the Company’s labor needs while controlling costs is subject to external factors such as unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, health care and minimum wage legislation, and changing demographics. If the Company is unable to attract and retain quality sales associates, management, and other key personnel the ability to meet growth goals or to sustain expected levels of profitability may be compromised. In addition, a large number of the Company’s retail employees are paid the prevailing minimum wage, which if increased would negatively affect profitability and could, if the increase were material, require the Company to adjust its business strategy, which may include the closure of less profitable and/or under-performing stores. Although none of the Company’s employees are currently covered under collective bargaining agreements, the Company cannot guarantee that employees will not elect to be represented by labor unions in the future. If some, or all, of the Company’s workforce were to become unionized and collective bargaining agreement terms were significantly different from the Company’s current compensation arrangements or work practices, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Because the Company’s stock price may be volatile, it could experience substantial declines.
The market price of the Company’s common stock has historically experienced and may continue to experience volatility. The Company’s quarterly operating results, changes in general conditions in the economy or the financial markets, and other developments affecting the Company, its key vendors, or competitors, could cause the market price of the Company’s common stock to fluctuate substantially. While in recent years, the U.S. broader stock market has experienced sustained price increases, significant stock price and volume fluctuations may return depending on national and international macroeconomic factors, changes in monetary policy, or other factors. As we have seen in the recent past, this volatility would likely affect the market prices of securities issued by many companies, often for reasons unrelated to their operating performance, and may adversely affect the price of the Company’s common stock.
The Company cannot provide any guaranty of future dividend payments or that it will continue to repurchase stock pursuant to its stock repurchase program.
The Company’s Board of Directors determines if it is in the best interest of the Company to pay a dividend to its shareholders and the amount of any dividend, and declares all dividend payments. There is no assurance that the Board of Directors will continue to declare dividends in the future or that the Company’s results of operations and financial condition will allow for a dividend to be declared. The Company’s current repurchase program, as amended, authorizes the purchase of an additional 5 million shares through December 31, 2018 (this, in addition to 1.2 million shares remaining available to repurchase under a previously authorized program). However, the Company is not obligated to make any purchases under the repurchase program and the program may be discontinued at any time.
A security breach of the Company’s information technology systems could damage the Company’s reputation and have an adverse effect on operations and results.
The Company accepts electronic payment cards from customers. The Company also receives and maintains certain personal information about customers and employees. A number of retailers have experienced security breaches in which credit and debit card and other sensitive information has been stolen or compromised. While the Company has taken significant steps to prevent the occurrence of security breaches in this respect, the Company may, in the future, become subject to claims for purportedly fraudulent transactions arising out of the theft or compromise of credit or debit card or other information, and may also be subject to lawsuits or other proceedings in the future relating to these types of incidents. Any such proceeding could be a distraction to the Company and cause significant unplanned losses and expenses. If the Company’s security and information systems are compromised, if computer and mobile telephone equipment is lost or stolen, or if employees fail to comply with the applicable laws and regulations and electronic payment card or personal information is obtained by unauthorized persons or used inappropriately or illegally, it could adversely affect the Company’s reputation, as well as results of operations, and could result in litigation, the imposition of penalties, or significant expenditures to remediate any damage to persons whose credit card, debit card, or personal information has been compromised. The Company is continuously working to install new, and upgrade its existing, information technology systems and provide employee awareness training around phishing and other cyber risks to ensure that the Company is protected, to the greatest extent possible, against cyber risks and security breaches. However, there is no guarantee that the Company will not be affected by cyber risks or security breaches.

8

Table of Contents

A major failure of technology and information systems could adversely affect the Company’s business.
The efficient operation of the Company’s business is dependent on technology and information systems. In particular, the Company relies on information systems to effectively manage sales, distribution, supply chain, merchandise planning, and allocation functions. The Company possesses offsite recovery capabilities for its information systems. However, the failure of technology and information systems to perform as designed could disrupt the Company’s business and adversely affect sales and profitability. There is the risk that the Company could experience problems with its information systems due to system implementation issues, which include the replacement of the Company’s supply chain management, warehouse management, and merchandising systems now and over the next few years, system outages or failures, viruses, hackers, or other causes.
Various risks associated with digital sales may adversely affect the Company’s business.
The Company sells merchandise digitally over the Internet through www.finishline.com, www.boulderrunningcompany.com, and www.macys.com, as well as through mobile commerce at m.finishline.com. The digital operations are subject to numerous risks, including but not limited to, unanticipated operating problems, reliance on third party computer hardware, software, and service providers, system failures, and the need to invest in additional computer systems. The digital operations also involve other risks that could have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, including hiring, retention and training of personnel to conduct the digital operations, diversion of sales from the stores/shops, rapid technological changes, liability for online content, credit card fraud, and risks related to the failure of the computer systems that operate the various websites and related support systems, such as computer viruses, telecommunication failures, break-ins, security breaches, and similar disruptions. There can be no assurance that the digital operations will continue to achieve sales and profitability growth or remain at their current or any anticipated levels.
The Company’s business may be adversely affected by regulatory and litigation developments.
Various aspects of the Company’s operations are subject to federal, state, or local laws, rules, and regulations, any of which may change from time to time. Sales and results of operations may be adversely affected by new legal requirements, including but not limited to, comprehensive federal health care legislation enacted in 2010, and attendant regulations. For example, new legislation or regulations may result in increased costs directly for compliance or indirectly to the extent that such requirements increase prices of goods and services because of increased compliance costs. Additionally, the Company is regularly involved in various litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of doing business. Litigation or regulatory developments could adversely affect the business operations and financial performance of the Company.
Anti-takeover provisions under the Indiana Business Corporation Law and the Company’s Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws may render more difficult the accomplishment of mergers or the assumption of control by a principal shareholder, making more difficult the removal of management.
Certain provisions of the Indiana Business Corporation Law (the “IBCL”), specifically the provision in Section 23-1-35-1, the control share acquisitions provisions in Sections 23-1-42-1 to 23-1-42-11, and the business combination provisions in Sections 23-1-43-1 to 23-1-43-24, and certain provisions of the Company’s Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, specifically the provisions regarding preferred stock, the provisions requiring a supermajority vote for certain business combinations, and for certain amendments to the Restated Articles of Incorporation, the provisions requiring approval of certain transactions by the continuing directors, the provisions for a staggered board, and the provisions limiting removal of directors to removal for cause, may have the effect of discouraging an unsolicited attempt by another person or entity to acquire control of the Company. These provisions may make mergers, tender offers, the removal of directors or management, and certain other transactions more difficult or more costly and could discourage or limit shareholder participation in such types of transactions, whether or not such transactions are favored by the majority of the Company’s shareholders. Such provisions also could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of the Company’s common stock. Further, the existence of these anti-takeover measures may cause potential bidders to look elsewhere, rather than initiating acquisition discussions with the Company. Any of these factors could reduce the price of the Company’s common stock.
The Company’s shops within department stores operations are reliant on Macy’s.
The Company’s shops within department stores use selling space within Macy’s. These shops within department stores are dependent on the Macy’s point of sale and other technological platforms, including those related to www.macys.com. In addition, the Macy’s management team, corporate strategy, and marketing and advertising campaigns have an effect on the success of the Company’s shops within department stores. The Company has limited influence over these factors, so a strategic shift in any of these factors or a significant disruption in Macy’s business could result in a deterioration in the operations of the Company’s shops within department stores.

9

Table of Contents

Additionally, the Company needs to obtain and retain shops within department stores in desirable locations. The Company cannot be certain that desirable locations will continue to be available because of the dependence upon Macy’s in negotiating the shop locations. Any significant erosion of the relationship with Macy’s or its financial condition could negatively affect our ability to obtain and retain shop locations.
The effects of natural disasters, terrorism, acts of war, and public health issues may adversely affect our business.
Natural disasters, including earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, and tornadoes, may affect the operations of our stores/shops and distribution center. In addition, acts of terrorism, acts of war, and military action both in the United States and abroad can have a significant effect on economic conditions and may negatively affect our ability to purchase merchandise from suppliers for sale to our customers. Public health issues, such as the flu, viruses for which there is currently no known cure, or other pandemics, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, could disrupt our operations and result in a significant part of our workforce being unable to operate or maintain our infrastructure or perform other tasks necessary to conduct our business. Additionally, public health issues may disrupt, or have an adverse effect on, our suppliers’ operations, our operations, our customers, or customer demand. Our ability to mitigate the adverse impact of these events depends, in part, upon the effectiveness of our disaster preparedness and response planning as well as business continuity planning. However, we cannot be certain that our plans will be adequate or implemented properly in the event of an actual disaster. We may be required to suspend operations in some or all of our locations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Any significant declines in public safety or uncertainties regarding future economic prospects that affect customer spending habits could have a material adverse effect on customer purchases of our products.
Health care reform could adversely affect our business.
In 2010, Congress enacted comprehensive health care reform legislation which, among other things, includes guaranteed coverage requirements, eliminates pre-existing condition exclusions and annual and lifetime maximum limits, restricts the extent to which policies can be rescinded, and imposes new and significant taxes on health insurers and health care benefits. Due to the breadth and complexity of the health care reform legislation and the large number of eligible employees who currently choose not to participate in our plans, it is difficult to predict the overall effect of the statute and related regulations on our business over the coming years. Due to the health care law changes, some eligible employees who had historically not chosen to participate in our health care plans have found it more advantageous to participate in our plans effective January 1, 2015. Such changes include tax penalties to persons for not obtaining health care coverage and being ineligible for certain health care subsidies if an employee is eligible for health care coverage under an employer’s plan. If a larger number of eligible employees, who currently choose not to participate in our plans, choose to enroll over the next few years, it may significantly increase our health care coverage costs and negatively affect our financial results.
Other factors may negatively affect the Company’s business and results.
The foregoing list of risk factors is not exhaustive or exclusive. Other factors and unanticipated events could adversely affect the Company and its business and results. The Company does not undertake any obligation to revise any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date the statement is made.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.

10

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties
Customer Central and the Company’s distribution center are located on 54 acres in Indianapolis, Indiana. The facility consists of 142,000 square feet of office space and 647,000 square feet of warehouse space. The facility, which is owned by the Company, was designed and constructed to the Company’s specifications and includes automated conveyor and storage rack systems, a high speed shipping sorter, and a tilt-tray sortation system. The Company also leases 12,501 square feet of corporate office space for the Company’s Digital team in Boulder, Colorado and 7,883 square feet of corporate office space for Running Specialty corporate in Denver, Colorado.
Store Locations
At April 3, 2015 , the Company operated 1,105 stores/shops in 48 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. The brick and mortar stores and shops within department stores are primarily located in enclosed shopping malls and the Running Specialty stores are primarily located on street front locations. The following table sets forth information concerning the Company’s stores/shops as of April 3, 2015 :
 
State

Finish Line

Running 
Specialty

Branded shops
within
department stores

State

Finish Line

Running
Specialty

Branded shops
within
department stores
Alabama

10




2

Nebraska
 
4

 

 

Arizona

12




9

Nevada
 
5

 

 
6

Arkansas

6






New Hampshire
 
4

 

 
2

California

41




92

New Jersey
 
13

 
7

 
18

Colorado

12


5

4

New Mexico
 
4

 

 
2

Connecticut

8


2


8

New York
 
25

 
9

 
28

Delaware






1

North Carolina
 
16

 
3

 
2

Florida

47





29

North Dakota
 
2

 

 

Georgia

19




11

Ohio
 
38

 
3

 
13

Hawaii
 


 

 
4

 
Oklahoma
 
6

 

 
1

Idaho

2




1

Oregon
 
1

 

 
7

Illinois

34




13

Pennsylvania
 
36

 

 
15

Indiana

24


5

6


Rhode Island
 
1

 
1

 
2

Iowa

8






South Carolina
 
11

 
 
 
 
Kansas

7


3

2

South Dakota
 
1

 
 
 
 
Kentucky

8


3

2

Tennessee
 
16

 
 
 
5

Louisiana

9




4

Texas
 
60

 
12

 
27

Maine

1




1

Utah
 
 
 
2

 
 
Maryland

18


1


12

Virginia
 
25

 
3

 
10

Massachusetts

14


6


10


Washington
 
10

 
 
 
19

Michigan

24


8

10


West Virginia
 
7

 
 
 
 
Minnesota

10




7

Wisconsin
 
12

 
 
 
2

Mississippi

7






Wyoming
 
1

 
 
 
 
Missouri

13


2

6

District of
Columbia
 
 
 
1

 
1

Montana

1






Puerto Rico
 
1

 
 
 
1









Totals

634


76


395


11

Table of Contents

Finish Line and Running Specialty lease all of their stores. Initial lease terms for the Company’s leased stores are generally 10 years in duration without renewal options, although some of the stores are subject to leases for three to five years with one or more renewal options. The leases generally provide for a fixed minimum rental plus contingent rent, which is determined as a percentage of gross sales in excess of specified levels. Shops within department stores are operated under a license agreement based on a percentage of sales.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
The Company is subject, from time to time, to certain legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of conducting its business. The Company establishes a liability related to its legal proceedings and claims when it has determined that it is probable that the Company has incurred a liability and the related amount can be reasonably estimated. If the Company determines that an obligation is reasonably possible, the Company will, if material, disclose the nature of the loss contingency and the estimated range of possible loss, or include a statement that no estimate of loss can be made. The Company believes there are no pending legal proceedings in which the Company is currently involved which will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

12

Table of Contents

Item 4.5. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Officer or
Director 
Since
Glenn S. Lyon(6)
 
64
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
2001
Samuel M. Sato(6)
 
51
 
President and Director
 
2007
Edward W. Wilhelm
 
56
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
 
2009
Daniel S. Marous
 
47
 
Executive Vice President, Supply Chain and Information Technology
 
2013
Melissa A. Greenwell
 
48
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
 
2013
Imran Jooma(1)
 
43
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Omnichannel Officer
 
2015
Bill Kirkendall(2)(7)
 
61
 
Executive Vice President, President of Running Specialty Group
 
2001
Stephen Goldsmith(5)(6)(8)
 
68
 
Director
 
1999
William P. Carmichael(3)(9)
 
71
 
Director
 
2003
Catherine A. Langham(3)(4)(10)
 
56
 
Director
 
2006
Dolores A. Kunda(4)(5)(11)
 
59
 
Director
 
2008
Norman H. Gurwitz(3)(4)(12)
 
67
 
Director
 
2009
Richard P. Crystal(4)(6)(13)
 
70
 
Director
 
2009
Torrence Boone(5)(6)(14)
 
45
 
Director
 
2011
 _________________________
(1)
Mr. Jooma has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Omnichannel Officer of the Company since February 9, 2015. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Jooma was Executive Vice President and President of Online, Marketing, Pricing, and Financial Services at Sears Holding Company and previously held key leadership positions at OfficeMax and Circuit City.
(2)
Mr. Kirkendall became an Executive Vice President of the Company and was named President of Running Specialty Group on April 25, 2014. Previously he had served as a member of the Board of Directors since 2001, resigning from that position on April 24, 2014. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kirkendall was a Managing Partner/President of Glen Oaks Country Club and Lead Advisor for the Board of Advisors of Golf Resources, Inc.
(3)
Member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(4)
Member of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(5)
Member of the Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(6)
Member of the Strategy Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(7)
Non-Director member of the Strategy Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(8)
Mr. Goldsmith is currently a managing Director of the Huron Consulting Group, a provider of business consulting services, and the Daniel Paul Professor of Government and Director of the Innovations in American Government Program at Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government.
(9)
Mr. Carmichael currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Columbia Funds Series Trust, Columbia Funds Series Trust II, Columbia Funds Master Investment Trust, Columbia Funds Variable Insurance Trust I, and Columbia ETF Trust; Chairman of two closed-end funds, Columbia Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund and Tri-Continental Corp.; and as a Board member and the Audit Committee Chair of International Textile Group, Inc.
(10)
Ms. Langham is the co-founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Langham Logistics, Inc., a global freight management company specializing in expedited transportation, warehousing, and distribution.
(11)
Ms. Kunda is the founder and former President and Chief Executive Officer of Lapiz, one of the largest Hispanic advertising agencies in the United States, and the former President of Leo Burnett Puerto Rico. She currently serves as Executive Director of the Latino Corporate Directors Association.
(12)
Mr. Gurwitz is a former advisor to and Vice President, Corporate Counsel and Director of Human Resources of Emmis Communications Corporation, an owner and operator of radio stations and magazines throughout the United States.
(13)
Mr. Crystal is the former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of women’s clothing retailer New York & Company.
(14)
Mr. Boone is Managing Director of Agency Business Development for Google.

13

Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The Company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol FINL.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the intra-day high and low sales prices of the Company’s common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market.
 
 
 
Fiscal 2015
 
Fiscal 2014
Quarter Ended
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
May
 
$
30.15

 
$
25.38

 
$
22.33

 
$
17.75

August
 
30.53

 
26.16

 
22.85

 
20.47

November
 
31.90

 
24.15

 
27.31

 
21.37

February
 
29.02

 
22.40

 
28.86

 
22.99

As of April 3, 2015 , there were approximately 1,877 record holders of the Company’s common stock. The number of common stock record holders excludes the beneficial owners of shares held in “street” name or held through participants in depositories.
On January 15, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors increased its quarterly cash dividend by 13% to $0.09 per share of common stock. The Company declared dividends of $15.7 million and $14.2 million during fiscal 2015 and 2014 , respectively. As of February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , dividends declared but not paid of $4.2 million and $3.9 million, respectively, were accrued in other liabilities and accrued expenses on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company expects to continue to pay dividends on a quarterly basis and review for increases annually; however, further declarations of dividends remain at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors.
On July 21, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program (the “2011 Share Repurchase Program”) to repurchase up to 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding through December 31, 2014. On January 3, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors amended the 2011 Share Repurchase Program (the “2013 Amended Program”) and authorized the repurchase of an additional 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which authorization shall expire on December 31, 2017.
The Company purchased 2,700,000 shares at an average price of $25.20 per share for an aggregate amount of $68.1 million in fiscal 2015 . As of February 28, 2015 , there were 1,205,000 shares remaining available to repurchase under the 2013 Amended Program.
On March 26, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors amended the 2013 Amended Program (the “2015 Amended Program”) and authorized the repurchase of an additional 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which authorization shall expire on December 31, 2018. As a result, as of March 26, 2015, there were 6,205,000 shares in the aggregate remaining available for repurchase under the 2013 and 2015 Amended Programs.
As of February 28, 2015 , the Company held 13,706,000 shares of its common stock as treasury shares at an average price of $19.84 per share for an aggregate amount of $271.9 million. The treasury shares may be issued upon the exercise of employee stock options, issuance of shares under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, issuance of restricted stock, or for other corporate purposes. Further purchases will occur from time to time as market conditions warrant and as the Company deems appropriate when judged against other alternative uses of cash.

14

Table of Contents

Details on the shares repurchased under the 2013 Amended Program during the thirteen weeks ended February 28, 2015 are as follows:
 
Period
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
 
Average Price
Paid per Share(1)
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or Programs
 
Maximum Number of 
Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program
November 30, 2014 – January 3, 2015
 
525,000

 
$
23.70

 
525,000

 
1,346,169

January 4, 2015 – January 31, 2015
 
141,666

 
24.15

 
141,666

 
1,204,503

February 1, 2015 – February 28, 2015
 

 

 

 
1,204,503

 
 
666,666

 
$
23.79

 
666,666

 
 
____________________ 
(1)
The average price paid per share includes any brokerage commissions.

15

Table of Contents


16

Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28,
 
March 1,
 
March 2,
 
March 3,
 
February 26,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
(in thousands, except per share and store/shop data)
Statement of Operations Data(1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
 
$
1,820,586

 
$
1,670,410

 
$
1,443,365

 
$
1,369,259

 
$
1,229,002

Cost of sales (including occupancy costs)(8)
 
1,236,783

 
1,122,967

 
958,921

 
889,130

 
815,073

Gross profit
 
583,803

 
547,443

 
484,444

 
480,129

 
413,929

Selling, general, and administrative expenses(8)
 
459,455

 
424,571

 
365,883

 
343,629

 
302,718

Impairment charges and store closing costs
 
3,918

 
2,767

 
6,264

 
2,165

 
1,578

Operating income
 
120,430

 
120,105

 
112,297

 
134,335

 
109,633

Interest (expense) income, net
 
(15
)
 
37

 
198

 
447

 
508

Gain on sale of investment
 

 
2,076

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
 
120,415

 
122,218

 
112,495

 
134,782

 
110,141

Income tax expense(2)
 
40,673

 
47,166

 
43,314

 
49,978

 
41,277

Income from continuing operations
 
79,742

 
75,052

 
69,181

 
84,804

 
68,864

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit
 

 

 

 

 
(30
)
Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
 
2,251

 
1,851

 
2,292

 

 

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
$
81,993

 
$
76,903

 
$
71,473

 
$
84,804

 
$
68,834

Earnings Per Share Data(1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings from continuing operations
 
$
1.71

 
$
1.57

 
$
1.42

 
$
1.62

 
$
1.28

Diluted earnings from continuing operations
 
$
1.70

 
$
1.56

 
$
1.40

 
$
1.59

 
$
1.26

Dividends declared per share
 
$
0.33

 
$
0.29

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.21

 
$
0.17

Share Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted-average shares
 
47,268

 
48,286

 
49,824

 
52,020

 
52,979

Diluted weighted-average shares(3)
 
47,658

 
48,701

 
50,491

 
52,818

 
53,775

Selected Store Operating Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of stores/shops
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquired during year
 
20

 
15

 
6

 
18

 

Opened during year
 
226

 
212

 
34

 
5

 
11

Closed during year
 
(21
)
 
(24
)
 
(21
)
 
(31
)
 
(13
)
Open at end of year
 
1,103

 
878

 
675

 
656

 
664

Total square feet(4)
 
4,138,117

 
3,893,480

 
3,594,806

 
3,498,090

 
3,564,277

Average square feet per store/shop(4)
 
3,752

 
4,434

 
5,326

 
5,332

 
5,368

Net sales per square foot for brick and mortar comparable stores(5)(6)
 
$
368

 
$
366

 
$
353

 
$
339

 
$
317

Increase in Finish Line comparable store sales(6)(7)
 
3.2
%
 
4.2
%
 
5.8
%
 
9.2
%
 
6.3
%
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Working capital
 
$
333,160

 
$
373,293

 
$
357,657

 
$
414,065

 
$
383,264

Total assets
 
$
849,855

 
$
824,945

 
$
706,422

 
$
711,496

 
$
664,845

Total debt
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Shareholders’ equity
 
$
589,644

 
$
582,184

 
$
524,863

 
$
529,537

 
$
490,245

____________________ 
(1)
Fiscal 2012 includes 53 weeks versus 52 weeks in all other years presented.
(2)
Fiscal 2015 includes a $4.3 million income tax benefit for a worthless stock deduction with respect to the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, the Finish Line Man Alive, Inc.
(3)
Consists of weighted-average common and common equivalent shares outstanding for the year.
(4)
Computed as of the end of each fiscal year.
(5)
Calculation includes all brick and mortar stores that are open as of the end of each fiscal year and that have been open more than one year. Accordingly, stores opened, closed, or expanded during the year are not included. Temporarily closed stores are excluded during the months that the store is closed. Calculation excludes digital sales. Calculated excluding sales for the 53 rd week in fiscal 2012 .
(6)
Running Specialty stores and shops within department stores are not included in this calculation.
(7)
Calculation includes all brick and mortar stores that are open as of the end of each fiscal year and that have been open more than one year. Accordingly, stores opened, closed, or expanded during the year are not included. Temporarily closed stores are excluded during the months that the store is closed. Calculation includes digital sales. Calculated excluding sales for the 53 rd week in fiscal 2012 .
(8)
Fiscal 2014 cost of sales includes $5.8 million in start-up costs related to inventory reserves established for inventory purchased from Macy’s. Fiscal 2014 selling, general, and administrative expenses includes $2.2 million in start-up costs associated with shipping and handling for the initial inventory takeover and assortment of Macy’s athletic footwear.

17

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Executive Summary
During fiscal 2015 , the key highlights of the Company included record revenues, significant digital sales growth, and the success of growth initiatives, which included the completion of the scheduled rollout of branded shops in 395 Macy’s department stores. The Company remained committed to its strategic plan to put capital investments into our people, technology, and stores/shops. Additionally, the Company continued to provide returns to our shareholders through dividends and stock repurchases totaling over $83.5 million during fiscal 2015 . An overview of the detailed results is discussed below:
Net sales increase d 9.0% to $1,820.6 million in fiscal 2015 compared to $1,670.4 million in fiscal 2014 .
Finish Line comparable store sales for fiscal 2015 increased 3.2% .
Finish Line’s digital comparable sales (which are included in Finish Line comparable store sales) increased 22.6%.
Net sales per square foot for brick and mortar comparable stores increased by $2 to $368.
Net sales associated with shops within department stores increased $87.1 million to $206.5 million .
Running Specialty net sales increased $19.7 million to $69.9 million .
Gross profit was $583.8 million ( 32.1% of net sales) in fiscal 2015 compared to $547.4 million ( 32.8% of net sales) in fiscal 2014 .
0.5% decrease in product margin (including start-up costs), net of shrink, as a percentage of net sales.
0.2% increase in occupancy costs, as a percentage of net sales.
SG&A expenses were $459.5 million ( 25.3% of net sales) in fiscal 2015 compared to $424.6 million ( 25.4% of net sales) in fiscal 2014 .
During fiscal 2015 , the Company made capital investments to support the Company’s technology upgrades, digital enhancements, omnichannel strategy, and to support the growth in shops within department stores and Running Specialty, along with the increases in variable costs to support the 9.0% increase in consolidated net sales; however, the Company was still able to leverage SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales by 0.1% .
Operating income was $120.4 million ( 6.6% of net sales) in fiscal 2015 compared to $120.1 million ( 7.2% of net sales) in fiscal 2014 .
$0.3 million increase , or 0.3% , driven by increased net sales.
$3.9 million in impairment charges related to one of the Company’s websites, the long-lived assets of four underperforming stores, obsolete store fixtures, and the write-off of fixtures and equipment related to the 21 stores/shops closed during fiscal 2015 compared to $2.8 million in impairment charges related to obsolete store technology assets and fixtures and the write-off of fixtures and equipment related to the 24 stores/shops closed during fiscal 2014 .
Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. was $82.0 million ( 4.5% of net sales) in fiscal 2015 compared to $76.9 million ( 4.6% of net sales) in fiscal 2014 .
$5.1 million increase , or 6.6% .
Diluted earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders increased 9.0% to $1.70 in fiscal 2015 compared to $1.56 in fiscal 2014 .
Cash and cash equivalents were $149.6 million on February 28, 2015 with no interest bearing debt.
Generated cash from operations of $101.8 million in fiscal 2015 .
Cash outlay for capital expenditures was $88.1 million , with an additional $13.5 million within accounts payable as of February 28, 2015 .
Paid $15.4 million of dividends to shareholders in fiscal 2015 .
Repurchased 2.7 million shares of common stock totaling $68.1 million during fiscal 2015 .
Opened 10 new and closed 18 brick and mortar stores during fiscal 2015 , ending the year with 637 brick and mortar stores.

18


Opened new branded shops in 213 department stores and closed branded shops in 3 department stores during fiscal 2015 , ending the year with branded shops in 395 department stores.
Acquired 20 Running Specialty stores and opened 3 new stores during fiscal 2015 , ending the year with 71 Running Specialty stores.
Critical Accounting Policies
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates these estimates, including those related to the valuation of inventories, the potential impairment of property, equipment, and goodwill, and income taxes. The Company bases the estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Management believes the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.
Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales includes the cost associated with acquiring merchandise from vendors, occupancy costs, license fees, provision for inventory shortages, and credits and allowances from our merchandise vendors. Cash consideration received from merchandise vendors after the related merchandise has been sold is recorded as an offset to cost of sales in the period negotiations are finalized. For cash consideration received on merchandise still in inventory, the allowance is recorded as a reduction to the cost of on-hand inventory and recorded as a reduction of cost of sales at the time of sale.
Because the Company does not include the costs associated with operating its distribution center and freight within cost of sales, the Company’s gross profit may not be comparable to those of other retailers that may include all costs related to their distribution centers in cost of sales and in the calculation of gross profit.
Valuation of Inventories.  Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using a weighted-average cost method. The Company’s valuation of merchandise inventory includes markdown adjustments for merchandise that will be sold below cost and the impact of inventory shrink. Markdowns are based upon historical information and assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Inventory shrink is based on historical information and assumptions about current inventory shrink trends. Vendor rebates are applied as a reduction to the cost of merchandise inventories. It is possible that changes to the markdowns and inventory shrink estimates could be required in future periods due to changes in market conditions.
Valuation of Property and Equipment.  The Company reviews its property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company considers historical performance and future estimated results in its evaluation of potential impairment and then compares the carrying amount of the asset to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If an asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by comparing projected discounted cash flows to the asset’s carrying value. The estimation of fair value is measured by discounting expected future cash flows at the discount rate the Company utilizes to evaluate potential investments. Actual results may differ from these estimates and as a result the estimation of fair values may be adjusted in the future.
Valuation of Goodwill. As a result of various acquisitions made by Running Specialty, the Company had a goodwill balance of $34.7 million and $25.6 million as of February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , respectively, on its consolidated balance sheets.
The Company accounts for goodwill in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). ASC 350 requires that goodwill not be amortized, but reviewed for impairment if impairment indicators arise and, at a minimum, annually.
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. In the first step, the Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit with goodwill to its carrying value. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units with goodwill using a combination of a discounted cash flow and a market value approach. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and the Company is not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit,

19


then the Company must perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and compare it to the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The activities in the second step include valuing the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference.
The determination of the discounted cash flows of the reporting unit and assets and liabilities within the reporting unit requires significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, the discount rate, terminal growth rates, earnings before depreciation and amortization, and capital expenditure forecasts. The market approach requires judgment and uses one or more methods to compare the reporting unit with similar businesses, business ownership interests, or securities that have been sold. The Company has evaluated the merits of each significant assumption, both individually and in the aggregate, used to determine the fair value of the reporting unit, as well as the fair values of the corresponding assets and liabilities within the reporting unit, and concluded they are reasonable and are consistent with prior valuations; however, due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates.
Our fourth quarter fiscal 2015 annual goodwill impairment analysis did not result in any impairment charges. The fair value of Running Specialty exceeded its carrying value; however, our analysis contemplates growth in both comparable store sales and digital sales based on economic and industry forecasts, and some planned organic growth and selling, general, and administrative expense leveraging in the future. While management believes these assumptions are reasonable and their use appropriate, actual results may not meet forecasted results. A greater than 8% decrease in forecasted discounted cash flows would result in a failure of step 1 for the Running Specialty reporting unit. The risk-adjusted discount rate used in the analysis is also a critical assumption, one in which a minor change can have a significant impact on the estimated fair value. A greater than 85 basis point increase in the risk-adjusted discount rate used in the Running Specialty analysis, holding other assumptions constant, would result in a failure of step 1 for the reporting unit. We will continue to monitor operating results within the Running Specialty reporting unit throughout the upcoming year in an effort to determine if events and circumstances warrant interim impairment testing. Otherwise, the reporting unit will again be subject to the required annual impairment test during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016. Changes in judgments and estimates underlying our analysis of goodwill for possible impairment, including expected future operating cash flows and the discount rate, could decrease the estimated fair value of our reporting unit in the future and could result in an impairment of goodwill.
Operating Leases.  The Company leases retail stores under non-cancelable operating leases, which generally have lease terms ranging from three to ten years. Most of these lease arrangements do not provide for renewal periods; however, management expects that in the normal course of business, expiring leases will generally be renewed or, upon making a decision to relocate, replaced by leases at other premises. The Company recognizes rent expense for minimum lease payments on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, including rent holidays, rent escalation clauses, and/or cancelable option periods where failure to exercise such options would result in an economic penalty. In addition, the commencement date of the lease term is the earlier of the date when the Company becomes legally obligated for the rent payments or the date when the Company takes possession of the leased space for build-out.
Certain leases provide for contingent rents and/or license fees, which are determined as a percentage of gross sales in excess of specified levels. The Company records a contingent rent liability in other liabilities and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets and the corresponding rent expense when specified levels have been achieved or when management determines that achieving the specified levels during the fiscal year is probable.
Income Taxes.  The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, the amount of taxes currently payable or refundable are accrued and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for realizable loss and tax credit carryforwards. The deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance, which is established when it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In addition, management is required to evaluate all available evidence, including estimating future taxable income by taxing jurisdictions, the future reversal of temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and recent results of operations, when making its judgment to determine whether or not to record a valuation allowance for a portion, or all, of its deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in income tax rates is recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income in the period that includes the enactment date.

20


The Company calculates an annual effective income tax rate based on annual income, permanent differences between book and tax income, and statutory income tax rates. The Company adjusts the annual effective income tax rate as additional information on outcomes or events becomes available. The Company’s effective income tax rate is affected by items including changes in tax law, the tax jurisdiction of new stores/shops or business ventures, the level of earnings or losses, the results of tax audits, the level of investment income, and other items.
The Company’s income tax returns, like those of most companies, are periodically audited by tax authorities. These audits include questions regarding the Company’s tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. At any one time, multiple tax years are subject to audit by the various tax authorities. The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach for evaluating income tax positions. The first step requires the Company to conclude that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by a tax authority. The second step applies if the Company has concluded that the tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination and requires the Company to measure the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company adjusts its accrual for uncertain tax positions and income tax provision in the period in which matters are effectively settled with tax authorities at amounts different from its established accrual, when the statute of limitations expires for the relevant taxing authority to examine the tax position, or when more information becomes available. The Company includes its accrual for uncertain tax positions, including accrued penalties and interest, in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets unless the liability is expected to be paid within one year. Changes to the accrual for uncertain tax positions, including accrued penalties and interest, are included in income tax expense on the consolidated statements of income.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements.  In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity . This guidance states that the disposal of a component of an entity is to be reported in discontinued operations only if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. The pronouncement also requires additional disclosures regarding individually significant disposals of components that do not meet the criteria to be recognized as a discontinued operation as well as additional and expanded disclosures. The guidance is applied prospectively to all disposals (or classifications as held for sale) of components of an entity and all businesses or nonprofit activities that, on acquisition, are classified as held for sale that occur within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted, but only for disposals (or classifications as held for sale) that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued or available for issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . This guidance requires companies to recognize revenue in a manner that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which a company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard also will result in enhanced disclosures about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, with earlier adoption not permitted. ASU 2014-09 can be adopted either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this standard on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern , which requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and provide related footnote disclosures. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The Company does not expect this standard to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
Other recently issued accounting pronouncements did not, or are not believed by management to, have a material effect on the Company’s present or future consolidated financial statements.

21


General
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the information set forth under “Selected Financial Data” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere herein.
The Company uses a “Retail” calendar. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to the last day of February and included 52 weeks in fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 .
The Company is a premium retailer of athletic shoes, apparel, and accessories for men, women, and kids, throughout the United States, through multiple operating segments.
Brick and mortar comparable store sales are sales from stores open longer than one year, beginning in the thirteenth month of a store’s operation. Expanded stores are excluded from the brick and mortar comparable store sales calculation until the thirteenth month following the re-opening of the store and temporarily closed stores are excluded during the months that the store is closed.
Digital comparable sales are the change in sales year over year for the reporting period derived from finishline.com and m.finishline.com.
Finish Line comparable store sales is the aggregation of brick and mortar comparable store sales and digital comparable sales.
The following tables set forth store/shop and square feet information of the Company for each of the following fiscal years:
 
 
 
Year Ended
Number of stores/shops
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
Finish Line:
 
 
 
 
Beginning of year
 
645

 
645

Opened
 
10

 
22

Closed
 
(18
)
 
(22
)
End of year
 
637

 
645

Branded shops within department stores:
 
 
 
 
Beginning of year
 
185

 
3

Opened
 
213

 
183

Closed
 
(3
)
 
(1
)
End of year
 
395

 
185

Running Specialty:
 
 
 
 
Beginning of year
 
48

 
27

Acquired
 
20

 
15

Opened
 
3

 
7

Closed
 

 
(1
)
End of year
 
71

 
48

Total:
 
 
 
 
Beginning of year
 
878

 
675

Acquired
 
20

 
15

Opened
 
226

 
212

Closed
 
(21
)
 
(24
)
End of year
 
1,103

 
878

 

22


Square feet information
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
Finish Line:
 
 
 
 
Square feet
 
3,471,448

 
3,507,865

Average store size
 
5,450

 
5,439

Branded shops within department stores:
 
 
 
 
Square feet
 
404,521

 
229,685

Average shop size
 
1,024

 
1,242

Running Specialty:
 
 
 
 
Square feet
 
262,148

 
155,930

Average store size
 
3,692

 
3,249

Total:
 
 
 
 
Square feet
 
4,138,117

 
3,893,480

Results of Operations
The following table sets forth net sales of the Company by major category for each of the following fiscal years (in thousands):
 
 
 
Year Ended
Category
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
March 2, 2013
Footwear
 
$
1,596,443

 
88
%
 
$
1,466,039

 
88
%
 
$
1,237,685

 
86
%
Softgoods
 
224,143

 
12
%
 
204,371

 
12
%
 
205,680

 
14
%
Total net sales
 
$
1,820,586

 
100
%
 
$
1,670,410

 
100
%
 
$
1,443,365

 
100
%
The following table and subsequent discussion set forth operating data of the Company as a percentage of net sales for the fiscal years indicated below:
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
March 2, 2013
Income Statement Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
Cost of sales (including occupancy costs)
 
67.9

 
67.2

 
66.4

Gross profit
 
32.1

 
32.8

 
33.6

Selling, general, and administrative expenses
 
25.3

 
25.4

 
25.3

Impairment charges and store closing costs
 
0.2

 
0.2

 
0.5

Operating income
 
6.6

 
7.2

 
7.8

Interest (expense) income, net
 

 

 

Gain on sale of investment
 

 
0.1

 

Income before income taxes
 
6.6

 
7.3

 
7.8

Income tax expense
 
2.2

 
2.8

 
3.0

Net income
 
4.4

 
4.5

 
4.8

Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
 
0.1

 
0.1

 
0.2

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
4.5
%
 
4.6
%
 
5.0
%

23


Fifty-Two Weeks Ended February 28, 2015 Compared to the Fifty-Two Weeks Ended March 1, 2014
Net Sales
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Brick and mortar stores sales
 
$
1,288,053

 
$
1,291,863

Digital sales
 
256,204

 
208,984

Shops within department stores sales
 
206,450

 
119,384

Running Specialty sales
 
69,879

 
50,179

Total net sales
 
$
1,820,586

 
$
1,670,410

 
 
 
 
 
Brick and mortar comparable store sales increase
 
%
 
2.5
%
Digital comparable sales increase
 
22.6
%
 
15.1
%
Finish Line comparable store sales increase
 
3.2
%
 
4.2
%
Net sales increase d 9.0% for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 . The increase was attributable to a Finish Line comparable store sales increase of 3.2% , an increase in shops within department stores net sales of $87.1 million , and an increase in Running Specialty net sales of $19.7 million , which was partially offset by brick and mortar having less net stores during the year. The Finish Line comparable store sales increase of 3.2% is due to an increase in average dollars per transaction, digital conversion, and digital traffic, partially offset by a decrease in store conversion and store traffic.
Footwear sales increased 8.9% for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 , which was primarily driven by a 4.7% increase in men’s, a 17.2% increase in women’s, and a 10.0% increase in kids’ footwear sales. Softgoods sales increased 9.7% for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 , which was primarily the result of a 9.1% increase in apparel sales due to the Company’s strategy to focus the product assortment on key items to drive apparel sales.
Cost of Sales (Including Occupancy Costs) and Gross Profit
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Cost of sales (including occupancy costs)
 
$
1,236,783

 
$
1,122,967

Gross profit
 
$
583,803

 
$
547,443

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales
 
32.1
%
 
32.8
%
The 0.7% decrease in gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, was primarily due to a 0.5% decrease in product margin, net of shrink, as a percentage of net sales, and a 0.2% increase in occupancy costs, as a percentage of net sales. The 0.5% decrease in product margin, net of shrink, as a percentage of net sales, was primarily the result of an increase in markdowns of both basketball and running merchandise at Finish Line during fiscal 2015 as compared to fiscal 2014. The higher markdowns in basketball and running merchandise during fiscal 2015 were primarily due to the Company having to take markdowns during the year in order to sell off certain slow moving inventory and improve its inventory position at year-end. Additionally, Running Specialty had an increase in markdowns during fiscal 2015 to clear certain of its excess and aged inventory and improve its inventory position. These decreases were partially offset by the $5.8 million in start-up costs related to inventory reserves established for inventory purchased from Macy’s in the prior year. The 0.2% increase in occupancy costs, as a percentage of net sales, was primarily due to deleveraging against the flat brick and mortar comparable store sales in fiscal 2015.

24


Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
 
$
459,455

 
$
424,571

Selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales
 
25.3
%
 
25.4
%
The $ 34.9 million increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses was primarily due to the following: (1) the increased cost associated with building teams for the growth in shops within department stores and Running Specialty; (2) variable costs in fulfillment, freight, and payroll in conjunction with the 9.0% increase in consolidated net sales; and (3) capital investments to support the Company’s technology upgrades, digital enhancements, and omnichannel strategy and to support shops within department stores and Running Specialty, which has increased depreciation by $2.0 million, or 5.2%, compared to fiscal 2014. These increases were partially offset by $2.2 million in start-up costs associated with shipping and handling for the initial inventory takeover and assortment of Macy’s athletic footwear in the prior year.
Impairment Charges and Store Closing Costs
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Impairment charges and store closing costs
 
$
3,918

 
$
2,767

Impairment charges and store closing costs as a percentage of net sales
 
0.2
%
 
0.2
%
Number of stores/shops closed
 
21

 
24

The $3.9 million in impairment charges and store closing costs that were recorded during fiscal 2015 were primarily the result of a $2.1 million charge for the write-off of tangible and indefinite-lived intangible assets related to one of the Company’s websites, as the Company determined that the website was no longer going to be used for its originally intended purpose, a $0.5 million write-off of long-lived assets of four underperforming stores, and a $0.3 million write-off of obsolete store fixtures. The asset impairment charges were calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the impaired assets and their estimated future discounted cash flows. Additionally, the Company recorded $1.0 million in store closing costs during fiscal 2015 , which represents the non-cash write-off of fixtures and equipment upon a store or shop within a department store closing.
The $2.8 million in impairment charges and store closing costs that were recorded during fiscal 2014 were primarily the result of a $2.1 million write-off of obsolete store technology assets and fixtures. The asset impairment charges for the obsolete store technology assets and fixtures were calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the impaired assets and their estimated future discounted cash flows. Additionally, the Company recorded $0.7 million in store closing costs during fiscal 2014 .
Interest (Expense) Income, Net
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Interest (expense) income, net
 
$
(15
)
 
$
37

Interest (expense) income, net as a percentage of net sales
 
%
 
%
Interest income is earned on the Company’s investments and interest expense is incurred from the unused commitment fee and letter of credit fees related to the Company’s Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility Credit Agreement.

25


Gain on Sale of Investment

 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Gain on sale of investment
 
$

 
$
2,076

Gain on sale of investment as a percentage of net sales
 
%
 
0.1
%
During fiscal 2014 , the Company sold an investment with a carrying value of $1.0 million for $3.1 million, which resulted in a $ 2.1 million gain.
Income Tax Expense
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Income tax expense
 
$
40,673

 
$
47,166

Income tax expense as a percentage of net sales
 
2.2
%
 
2.8
%
Effective income tax rate
 
33.8
%
 
38.6
%
The decrease in the effective tax rate in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to the Company recognizing a $4.3 million income tax benefit for a worthless stock deduction with respect to the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, The Finish Line Man Alive, Inc., and the release of tax reserves related to the closure of an IRS exam covering fiscal 2011 through 2013.
Net Loss Attributable To Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
 
$
2,251

 
$
1,851

Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest as a percentage of net sales
 
0.1
%
 
0.1
%
The net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest represents the noncontrolling owner’s portion of the net loss generated by Running Specialty for the fiscal year. The increase in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to the increase in markdowns at Running Specialty during fiscal 2015 to clear certain of its excess and aged inventory and improve its inventory position.

26


Net Income Attributable To The Finish Line, Inc.
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
 
(dollars in thousands, except per
share data)
Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
$
81,993

 
$
76,903

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. as a percentage of net sales
 
4.5
%
 
4.6
%
Diluted earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders
 
$
1.70

 
$
1.56

The $5.1 million increase in net income attributable to the Finish Line, Inc. was primarily due to the increase in net sales, the decrease in income tax expense, the increase in net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest (due to higher markdowns in Running Specialty in the current fiscal year), and an $8.0 million ($4.9 million net of taxes) charge for start-up costs related to shops within department stores recorded in fiscal 2014 . These increases were partially offset by a decrease in gross profit as a percentage of net sales, the increase in impairment charges and store closing costs, the increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses to support the increase in sales in shops within department stores and Running Specialty in the current year, and the gain on sale of investment recorded in fiscal 2014 .
Fifty-Two Weeks Ended March 1, 2014 Compared to the Fifty-Two Weeks Ended March 2, 2013
Net Sales
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
March 1, 2014
 
March 2, 2013
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Brick and mortar stores sales
 
$
1,291,863

 
$
1,234,077

Digital sales
 
208,984

 
181,551

Shops within department stores sales
 
119,384

 
102

Running Specialty sales
 
50,179

 
27,635

Total net sales
 
$
1,670,410

 
$
1,443,365

 
 
 
 
 
Brick and mortar comparable store sales increase
 
2.5
%
 
3.4
%
Digital comparable sales increase
 
15.1
%
 
25.1
%
Finish Line comparable store sales increase
 
4.2
%
 
5.8
%
Net sales increase d 15.7% for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 . The increase was primarily attributable to a Finish Line comparable store sales increase of 4.2% , an increase in shops within department stores net sales of $119.3 million, and an increase in Running Specialty net sales of $22.5 million. The Finish Line comparable store sales increase of 4.2% is due to an increase in average dollars per transaction and digital traffic, partially offset by a decrease in conversion and store traffic.
Cost of Sales (Including Occupancy Costs) and Gross Profit
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
March 1, 2014
 
March 2, 2013
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Cost of sales (including occupancy costs)
 
$
1,122,967

 
$
958,921

Gross profit
 
$
547,443

 
$
484,444

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales
 
32.8
%
 
33.6
%
The 0.8% decrease in gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, was primarily due to a 0.8% decrease in product margin, net of shrink, as a percentage of net sales. The 0.8% decrease in product margin, net of shrink, as a percentage of net sales, was primarily due to the Company incurring $5.8 million, or 0.3% of net sales, of start-up costs related to inventory reserves established for inventory purchased from Macy’s during fiscal 2014 , as well as higher markdowns during fiscal 2014 as the Company adjusted product assortment to meet customer demands.

27


Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
March 1, 2014
 
March 2, 2013
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
 
$
424,571

 
$
365,883

Selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales
 
25.4
%
 
25.3
%
The $ 58.7 million increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses was primarily due to the following: (1) $2.2 million, or 0.1% of net sales, in start-up costs associated with shipping and handling for the initial inventory takeover and assortment of Macy’s athletic footwear; (2) capital investments to support the Company’s technology upgrades, digital platform, and omnichannel strategy and to support shops within department stores and Running Specialty, which has increased depreciation by $5.1 million, or 16.5%; (3) variable costs in fulfillment, freight, and payroll in conjunction with the 15.7% increase in consolidated net sales; and (4) the increased cost associated with building a team for the shops within department stores.
  Impairment Charges and Store Closing Costs
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
March 1, 2014
 
March 2, 2013
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Impairment charges and store closing costs
 
$
2,767

 
$
6,264

Impairment charges and store closing costs as a percentage of net sales
 
0.2
%
 
0.5
%
Number of stores/shops closed
 
24

 
21

The $2.8 million in impairment charges and store closing costs that were recorded during fiscal 2014 were primarily the result of a $2.1 million write-off of obsolete store technology assets and fixtures. The asset impairment charges for the obsolete store technology assets and fixtures were calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the impaired assets and their estimated future discounted cash flows. Additionally, the Company recorded $0.7 million in store closing costs during fiscal 2014 , which represents the non-cash write-off of fixtures and equipment upon a store or shop within a department store closing.
The $6.3 million in impairment charges and store closing costs that were recorded during fiscal 2013 were primarily due to a $3.7 million charge associated with the Company’s updated website that was launched but subsequently abandoned, as well as the write-off of long-lived assets of six underperforming stores. Additionally, the Company recorded $0.7 million in store closing costs during fiscal 2013 .
Interest Income, Net
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
March 1, 2014
 
March 2, 2013
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Interest income, net
 
$
37

 
$
198

Interest income, net as a percentage of net sales
 
%
 
%
The decrease of $ 0.2 million was due to lower invested balances and interest rates in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 .

28


Gain on Sale of Investment

 
 
Year Ended
 
 
March 1, 2014
 
March 2, 2013
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Gain on sale of investment
 
$
2,076

 
$

Gain on sale of investment as a percentage of net sales
 
0.1
%
 
%
During fiscal 2014 , the Company sold an investment with a carrying value of $1.0 million for $3.1 million, which resulted in a $2.1 million gain.
Income Tax Expense
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
March 1, 2014
 
March 2, 2013
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Income tax expense
 
$
47,166

 
$
43,314

Income tax expense as a percentage of net sales
 
2.8
%
 
3.0
%
Effective income tax rate
 
38.6
%
 
38.5
%
The increase in the effective tax rate was a result of a slight increase in nondeductible expenses incurred during fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 .
Net Loss Attributable to Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest
  
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
March 1, 2014
 
March 2, 2013
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
 
$
1,851

 
$
2,292

Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest as a percentage of net sales
 
0.1
%
 
0.2
%
The net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest represents the noncontrolling owner’s portion of the net loss generated by Running Specialty since March 29, 2012, which was the date of the investment by GCPI SR LLC.
Net Income Attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
March 1, 2014
 
March 2, 2013
 
 
(dollars in thousands, except per
share data)
Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
$
76,903

 
$
71,473

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. as a percentage of net sales
 
4.6
%
 
5.0
%
Diluted earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders
 
$
1.56

 
$
1.40

The $5.4 million increase in net income attributable to the Finish Line, Inc. was primarily due to the increase in net sales, decrease in impairment charges and store closing costs, and the gain on sale of investment during fiscal 2014 . These increases were partially offset by $8.0 million of start-up costs related to shops within department stores, along with a decrease in product margin as a percentage of net sales and investments to support the Company’s omnichannel strategy and the growth of shops within department stores and Running Specialty.

29


Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company’s primary source of working capital is cash on hand and cash flows from operations. The following table sets forth material balance sheet and liquidity measures of the Company (in thousands):
 
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
149,569

 
$
229,079

Merchandise inventories, net
 
$
343,403

 
$
304,209

Interest-bearing debt
 
$

 
$

Working capital
 
$
333,160

 
$
373,293

Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $101.8 million , $119.0 million , and $81.5 million for fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities decrease d by $17.2 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 . This decrease was primarily the result of a net increase in the cash outflow in working capital balances, partially offset by an increase in net income and non-cash expenses for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 .
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $37.5 million in fiscal  2014  compared to fiscal  2013 . This increase was primarily the result of an increase in net income and a net decrease in the cash outflow in working capital balances for fiscal  2014  compared to fiscal  2013 .
At February 28, 2015 , the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $149.6 million . Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash on hand and highly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. At February 28, 2015 , substantially all of the Company’s cash was invested in deposit accounts at banks.
Merchandise inventories, net increase d 12.9% at February 28, 2015 compared to March 1, 2014 . The increase in merchandise inventories, net over the prior year is primarily related to the increase in inventory to support the Company’s merchandise assortment in shops within department stores, the increase in inventory at Running Specialty to support the increase in stores, and an increase in inventory at Finish Line due to improving our spring inventory position.
Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $101.1 million , $91.2 million , and $86.0 million for fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively. The increase in cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily a result of a $6.4 million increase in capital expenditures, a $3.1 million decrease in proceeds from the sale of an investment, and a $2.2 million increase in cash paid for investments in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 , partially offset by a $1.8 million decrease in cash paid for acquisitions completed by Running Specialty in fiscal 2015 .
The increase in cash used in investing activities in fiscal  2014  compared to fiscal  2013  was primarily a result of a $9.2 million increase in cash paid for acquisitions completed by Running Specialty, which was partially offset by $3.1 million in proceeds from the sale of an investment.
Capital expenditures were $88.1 million , $81.7 million , and $81.6 million for fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively. Expenditures in fiscal 2015 were primarily for the construction of 10 new brick and mortar stores and 3 new Running Specialty stores, excluding acquisitions, the remodeling and repositioning of existing stores, including additional brand shops such as Finish Line’s Nike Track Club and Brand Jordan, as well as other key brand partnerships for “store-within-store” models, and building out shops within department stores. Further, the Company had capital investments in technology to support the multi-year core systems upgrade and growth in our digital business. In addition to $88.1 million of cash paid in fiscal 2015 , $13.5 million of capital expenditures for property and equipment was accrued in accounts payable at February 28, 2015 .
The Company intends to invest approximately $60 million in capital expenditures for the upcoming fiscal year. Of this amount, approximately $25 million is intended for the construction of approximately 7 new brick and mortar stores and the remodeling or repositioning of 65-80 existing brick and mortar stores with additional brand shops such as Finish Line’s Nike Track Club and Brand Jordan, as well as other key brand partnerships for “store-within-store” models. In addition, approximately $5-8 million is expected to be spent to reposition and expand 75-100 shops within department stores. The remaining $27-30 million to be invested is related primarily to projected capital expenditures for technology investments to support new warehouse management, order management, and Macy’s merchandise systems, an upgrade of our digital platform, and enhancements to our customer data and analytics systems. The Company anticipates satisfying all of these capital expenditures through the use of cash-on-hand and operating cash flows.

30


Financing Activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $80.2 million , $25.7 million , and $76.0 million for fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively. The $54.5 million increase in cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to a $45.4 million increase in stock repurchases, the purchase of redeemable noncontrolling interest of $9.0 million, a $1.7 million increase in dividends paid to shareholders, a $1.1 million decrease in proceeds from the issuance of common stock, a $0.7 million decrease in excess tax benefits from share-based compensation, and payment for the settlement of contingent consideration of $0.6 million, offset partially by $4.1 million of proceeds from the repayment of a related-party promissory note during fiscal 2015 .
The $50.3 million decrease in cash used in financing activities in fiscal  2014  compared to fiscal  2013  was primarily due to a reduction of $54.6 million of stock repurchases, a $3.3 million increase in proceeds from the issuance of common stock, and a $4.0 million decrease in the funding of a related-party note receivable, partially offset by a $1.5 million increase in dividends paid and proceeds from the sale of redeemable noncontrolling interest of $10.0 million related to Running Specialty in fiscal  2013 .
Credit Facility. On November 30, 2012, the Company entered into an unsecured $100 million Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”) with certain Lenders, which expires on November 30, 2017. The Amended Credit Agreement provides that, under certain circumstances, the Company may increase the maximum amount of the credit facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200 million. The Amended Credit Agreement is used by the Company, among other things, to issue letters of credit, support working capital needs, fund capital expenditures, and for other general corporate purposes.
Approximately $1.9 million in stand-by letters of credit were outstanding as of February 28, 2015 under the Amended Credit Agreement. No advances were outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement as of February 28, 2015 . Accordingly, the total revolving credit availability under the Amended Credit Agreement was $98.1 million as of February 28, 2015 .
The Company’s ability to borrow monies in the future under the Amended Credit Agreement is subject to certain conditions, including compliance with certain covenants and making certain representations and warranties. The Amended Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants that limit, among other things, mergers and acquisitions. In addition, the Company must maintain a maximum leverage ratio (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and minimum consolidated tangible net worth (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement). The Company was in compliance with all such covenants as of February 28, 2015 .
The Amended Credit Agreement pricing grid is adjusted quarterly and is based on the Company’s leverage ratio (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement). The minimum pricing is LIBOR plus 0.90% or Base Rate (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and the maximum pricing is LIBOR plus 1.75% or Base Rate plus 0.75%. The Company is also subject to an unused commitment fee based on the Company’s leverage ratio with minimum pricing of 0.10% and maximum pricing of 0.25%. In addition, the Company is subject to a letter of credit fee based on the Company’s leverage ratio with minimum pricing of 0.40% and maximum pricing of 1.25%.
Share Repurchase Program. On July 21, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program (the “2011 Share Repurchase Program”) to repurchase up to 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding through December 31, 2014. On January 3, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors amended the 2011 Share Repurchase Program (the “2013 Amended Program”) and authorized the repurchase of an additional 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which authorization shall expire on December 31, 2017.
The Company purchased 2,700,000 shares at an average price of $25.20 per share for an aggregate amount of $68.1 million in fiscal 2015 . As of February 28, 2015 , there were 1,205,000 shares remaining available to repurchase under the 2013 Amended Program.
On March 26, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors amended the 2013 Amended Program and authorized the repurchase of an additional 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which authorization shall expire on December 31, 2018. In this regard, as of March 26, 2015, there were 6,205,000 shares available for repurchase in the aggregate under the 2013 and 2015 Amended Programs.
As of February 28, 2015 , the Company held 13,706,000 shares of its common stock as treasury shares at an average price of $19.84 per share for an aggregate carrying amount of $271.9 million. The Company’s treasury shares may be issued upon the exercise of employee stock options, under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, in the form of restricted stock, or for other corporate purposes. The number of shares of common stock reserved to be issued upon the exercise of options, restricted stock, or other awards is limited as defined in the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan of The Finish Line, Inc. and The Finish Line, Inc.

31


Amended and Restated 2009 Incentive Plan. Further purchases will occur from time to time as market conditions warrant and as the Company deems appropriate when judged against other alternative uses of cash.
Dividends. On January 15, 2015, the Company increased its quarterly cash dividend to $0.09 per share from $0.08 per share of the Company’s common stock. The Company declared dividends of $15.7 million and $14.2 million during fiscal 2015 and 2014 , respectively. As of February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , dividends declared but not paid were $4.2 million and $3.9 million, respectively. Further declarations of dividends remain at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors.
Share Conversion. On July 20, 2012, all of the Company’s shares of Class B common stock were converted on a one-for-one basis into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Restated Articles of Incorporation, and the Company eliminated its dual class stock structure. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the conversion of the Class B shares, and the Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any Class A shares issued as a result of the conversion. Per the Company’s Restated Articles of Incorporation, as of the conversion, all Class B shares are no longer authorized.
Strategic Priority Funding. Management believes that cash on hand of $149.6 million as of February 28, 2015 and anticipated future operating cash flows will be sufficient to deliver on the Company’s three strategic priorities to drive sales and earnings growth, which are:
 
Continue to grow Finish Line through improved store productivity and continued elevated digital growth;
Continue to grow shops within department stores and Running Specialty while focusing on operational excellence and evolving our channel strategies to further benefit the customer and drive higher sales and profits; and
Continue to provide direct returns to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes the Company’s long-term contractual obligations as of February 28, 2015 (in thousands):
 
 
 
Total
 
Payments Due by Fiscal Year
 
 
Less than
1 Year
 
1-3
Years
 
3-5
Years
 
After 5
Years
 
Other
Contractual Obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating lease obligations(1)
 
$
767,960

 
$
98,441

 
$
209,706

 
$
182,433

 
$
277,380

 
$

Other liabilities(2)(3)(4)
 
10,575

 
650

 

 

 

 
9,925

Total contractual obligations
 
$
778,535

 
$
99,091

 
$
209,706

 
$
182,433

 
$
277,380

 
$
9,925

_____________ 
(1)
Includes the guaranteed minimum license fee associated with shops within department stores. The Company has entered into an arrangement to sell product within its shops within department stores which includes a guaranteed minimum license fee in fiscal years 2017 through 2023. The license fee is compensation for use of the selling space and for administrative and operational services and use of the department store’s name.
(2)
Other liabilities includes future estimated payments associated with unrecognized tax benefits of $3.5 million. The Company expects to make cash outlays in the future related to unrecognized tax benefits. The liability is included in the “Other” category as the timing and amount of these payments is not known until the matters are resolved with relevant tax authorities. For further information related to unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 6, “Income Taxes,” to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
(3)
Other liabilities includes future payments related to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan of $6.4 million. The liability is included in the “Other” category as the timing of these future payments is not known until an employee leaves the Company or otherwise requests an in-service distribution. For further information related to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, see Note 7, “Retirement Plans,” to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
(4)
Other liabilities includes liabilities of $0.7 million that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis related to contingent consideration for two acquisitions. For further information related to the contingent consideration liabilities, see Note 2, “Acquisitions and Goodwill,” to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

32


The Company’s contractual obligations primarily consist of operating leases and open purchase orders for merchandise inventory. In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into arrangements with vendors to purchase merchandise up to 12 months in advance of expected delivery. These open purchase orders do not contain any significant termination payments or other penalties if cancelled. Total open purchase orders outstanding at February 28, 2015 were $635.7 million, and have not been included in the table above.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company has no off balance sheet arrangements as that term is defined in Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks
The Company is exposed to changes in interest rates primarily from its investments in marketable securities from time to time. The Company did not have any marketable securities as of February 28, 2015 . The Company does not use interest rate derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate changes.

33


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of The Finish Line, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management, and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 28, 2015 . In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on management’s assessment it believes that, as of February 28, 2015 , the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Ernst & Young LLP’s report appears on the following page and expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 28, 2015 .

34

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of The Finish Line, Inc.
We have audited The Finish Line, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 28, 2015 based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). The Finish Line, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, The Finish Line, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 28, 2015 based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of The Finish Line, Inc. as of February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 28, 2015 of The Finish Line, Inc., and our report dated April 29, 2015 , expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
April 29, 2015


35


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of The Finish Line, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Finish Line, Inc. as of February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 28, 2015 . These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Finish Line, Inc. at February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 28, 2015 , in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), The Finish Line, Inc.’s. internal control over financial reporting as of February 28, 2015 , based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated April 29, 2015 , expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
April 29, 2015


36


THE FINISH LINE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
 
February 28,
2015
 
March 1,
2014
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
149,569

 
$
229,079

Accounts receivable, net
 
16,663

 
16,062

Merchandise inventories, net
 
343,403

 
304,209

Income taxes receivable
 
8,963

 

Other
 
12,059

 
17,613

Total current assets
 
530,657

 
566,963

Property and equipment:
 
 
 
 
Land
 
1,557

 
1,557

Building
 
43,637

 
42,840

Leasehold improvements
 
248,399

 
239,555

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
 
187,404

 
170,252

Construction in progress
 
102,944

 
61,154

 
 
583,941

 
515,358

Less accumulated depreciation
 
309,581

 
292,176

Total property and equipment, net
 
274,360

 
223,182

Goodwill
 
34,719

 
25,608

Other assets, net
 
10,119

 
9,192

Total assets
 
$
849,855

 
$
824,945

See accompanying notes.

37

Table of Contents

THE FINISH LINE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
 
February 28,
2015
 
March 1,
2014
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
 
$
133,053

 
$
120,982

Employee compensation
 
19,093

 
24,269

Accrued property and sales tax
 
10,499

 
11,162

Income taxes payable
 

 
6,932

Deferred income taxes
 
6,215

 
3,998

Other liabilities and accrued expenses
 
28,637

 
26,327

Total current liabilities
 
197,497

 
193,670

Commitments and contingencies
 

 

Deferred credits from landlords
 
29,143

 
27,658

Deferred income taxes
 
21,182

 
1,366

Other long-term liabilities
 
12,299

 
18,293

Redeemable noncontrolling interest, net
 
90

 
1,774

Shareholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; none issued
 

 

Common stock, $.01 par value; 110,000 shares authorized; 60,145 shares issued
 
 
 
 
Shares outstanding - (2015 - 46,052; 2014 - 48,117)
 
601

 
601

Additional paid-in capital
 
227,006

 
224,619

Retained earnings
 
633,910

 
567,631

Treasury stock - (2015 - 13,706; 2014 - 11,641)
 
(271,873
)
 
(210,667
)
Total shareholders’ equity
 
589,644

 
582,184

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 
$
849,855

 
$
824,945

See accompanying notes.

38

Table of Contents

THE FINISH LINE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28,
2015
 
March 1,
2014
 
March 2,
2013
Net sales
 
$
1,820,586

 
$
1,670,410

 
$
1,443,365

Cost of sales (including occupancy costs)
 
1,236,783

 
1,122,967

 
958,921

Gross profit
 
583,803

 
547,443

 
484,444

Selling, general, and administrative expenses
 
459,455

 
424,571

 
365,883

Impairment charges and store closing costs
 
3,918

 
2,767

 
6,264

Operating income
 
120,430

 
120,105

 
112,297

Interest (expense) income, net
 
(15
)
 
37

 
198

Gain on sale of investment
 

 
2,076

 

Income before income taxes
 
120,415

 
122,218

 
112,495

Income tax expense
 
40,673

 
47,166

 
43,314

Net income
 
79,742

 
75,052

 
69,181

Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
 
2,251

 
1,851

 
2,292

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
$
81,993

 
$
76,903

 
$
71,473

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders
 
$
1.71

 
$
1.57

 
$
1.42

Diluted earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders
 
$
1.70

 
$
1.56

 
$
1.40

Dividends declared per share
 
$
0.33

 
$
0.29

 
$
0.25

See accompanying notes.


39

Table of Contents

THE FINISH LINE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
February 28,
2015
 
March 1,
2014
 
March 2,
2013
Operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
79,742

 
$
75,052

 
$
69,181

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment charges and store closing costs
 
3,918

 
2,767

 
6,264

Depreciation and amortization
 
38,473

 
34,964

 
31,182

Deferred income taxes
 
22,033

 
10,143

 
5,041

Loss on disposals of property and equipment
 
363

 
735

 
579

Gain on settlements of contingent consideration
 
(1,303
)
 

 

Gain on sale of investment
 

 
(2,076
)
 

Share-based compensation
 
8,193

 
7,068

 
6,612

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
 
(2,206
)
 
(2,897
)
 
(2,963
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable, net
 
(281
)
 
(1,189
)
 
(5,710
)
Merchandise inventories, net
 
(35,970
)
 
(56,707
)
 
(22,403
)
Other assets
 
6,751

 
(13,204
)
 
9,342

Accounts payable
 
6,583

 
43,315

 
(2,471
)
Employee compensation
 
(5,176
)
 
8,690

 
(6,843
)
Income taxes receivable/payable
 
(20,603
)
 
6,248

 
(6,850
)
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
 
(200
)
 
5,632

 
914

Deferred credits from landlords
 
1,485

 
443

 
(382
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
101,802

 
118,984

 
81,493

Investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures for property and equipment
 
(88,087
)
 
(81,668
)
 
(81,586
)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
 
(10,921
)
 
(12,687
)
 
(3,526
)
Proceeds from disposals of property and equipment
 
38

 
62

 
77

Cash paid for investments
 
(2,177
)
 

 
(1,000
)
Proceeds from sale of investment
 

 
3,076

 

Net cash used in investing activities
 
(101,147
)
 
(91,217
)
 
(86,035
)
Financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends paid to shareholders
 
(15,417
)
 
(13,674
)
 
(12,147
)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
 
6,609

 
7,725

 
4,422

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
 
2,206

 
2,897

 
2,963

Purchases of treasury stock
 
(68,053
)
 
(22,618
)
 
(77,208
)
Purchase of redeemable noncontrolling interest
 
(9,000
)
 

 

Proceeds from repayment of related-party promissory note
 
4,090

 

 

Cash paid for settlements of contingent consideration
 
(600
)
 

 

Funding of related-party note receivable
 

 

 
(4,000
)
Proceeds from sale of redeemable noncontrolling interest
 

 

 
10,000

Net cash used in financing activities
 
(80,165
)
 
(25,670
)
 
(75,970
)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
(79,510
)
 
2,097

 
(80,512
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
229,079

 
226,982

 
307,494

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
 
$
149,569

 
$
229,079

 
$
226,982

Supplemental disclosure of noncash operating and investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures incurred but not yet paid
 
$
13,532

 
$
9,200

 
$
9,715

See accompanying notes.

40

Table of Contents

THE FINISH LINE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)
 
 
 
Number of Shares
 
Amount
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Totals
 
 
Class A
 
Class B
 
Treasury
 
Class A
 
Class B
 
Balance at March 3, 2012
 
50,795

 
571

 
8,044

 
$
588

 
$
5

 
$
211,271

 
$
445,884

 
$
(128,211
)
 
$
529,537

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
71,473

 
 
 
71,473

Cash dividends declared ($0.25 per share)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(12,474
)
 
 
 
(12,474
)
Non-qualified Class A common stock options exercised and related tax benefits
 
544

 
 
 
(544
)
 
 
 
 
 
(869
)
 
 
 
8,456

 
7,587

Share-based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,612

 
 
 
 
 
6,612

Restricted shares vested, net of repurchase for taxes
 
42

 
87

 
48

 
 
 
2
 
(36
)
 
 
 
(1,212
)
 
(1,246
)
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan
 
33

 
 
 
(33
)
 
 
 
 
 
67

 
 
 
514

 
581

Class B common stock conversion to Class A common stock
 
658

 
(658
)
 
 
 
8

 
(7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1

Treasury stock purchased
 
(3,879
)
 
 
 
3,879

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(77,208
)
 
(77,208
)
Balance at March 2, 2013
 
48,193

 

 
11,394

 
596

 

 
217,045

 
504,883

 
(197,661
)
 
524,863

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76,903

 
 
 
76,903

Cash dividends declared ($0.29 per share)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(14,155
)
 
 
 
(14,155
)
Non-qualified common stock options exercised and related tax benefits
 
751

 
 
 
(751
)
 
 
 
 
 
582

 
 
 
10,031

 
10,613

Share-based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,068

 
 
 
 
 
7,068

Restricted shares vested, net of repurchase for taxes
 
158

 


 
13

 
5
 

 
(268
)
 
 
 
(833
)
 
(1,096
)
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan
 
31

 
 
 
(31
)
 
 
 
 
 
192

 
 
 
414

 
606

Treasury stock purchased
 
(1,016
)
 
 
 
1,016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(22,618
)
 
(22,618
)
Balance at March 1, 2014
 
48,117

 

 
11,641

 
601

 

 
224,619

 
567,631

 
(210,667
)
 
582,184

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
81,993

 
 
 
81,993

Cash dividends declared ($0.33 per share)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(15,714
)
 
 
 
(15,714
)
Non-qualified common stock options exercised and related tax benefits
 
484

 
 
 
(484
)
 
 
 
 
 
2,858

 
 
 
5,772

 
8,630

Share-based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,193

 
 
 
 
 
8,193

Restricted shares vested, net of repurchase for taxes
 
122

 


 
(122
)
 

 


 
(2,032
)
 
 
 
778

 
(1,254
)
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan
 
29

 
 
 
(29
)
 
 
 
 
 
352

 
 
 
297

 
649

Treasury stock purchased
 
(2,700
)
 
 
 
2,700

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(68,053
)
 
(68,053
)
Purchase of redeemable noncontrolling membership interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6,984
)
 
 
 
 
 
(6,984
)
Balance at February 28, 2015
 
46,052

 

 
13,706

 
$
601

 
$

 
$
227,006

 
$
633,910

 
$
(271,873
)
 
$
589,644

See accompanying notes.


41

Table of Contents

THE FINISH LINE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation.  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Finish Line, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Throughout these notes to the consolidated financial statements, fiscal years ended February 28, 2015 March 1, 2014 , and March 2, 2013 are referred to as fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively.
The Company uses a “Retail” calendar. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to the last day of February and included 52 weeks in fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 .
Nature of Operations.  The Company is one of the largest specialty retailers in the United States, and operates two retail divisions, one under the Finish Line brand name and another under the Running Specialty Group (“Running Specialty”).
Under the Finish Line brand name, the Company is the exclusive retailer of athletic shoes, both in-store and online, for Macy’s Retail Holdings, Inc., Macy’s Puerto Rico, Inc., and Macys.com, Inc. (collectively, “Macy’s”). The Company is responsible for the athletic footwear assortment, inventory, fulfillment, and pricing at all of Macy’s locations and online at www.macys.com. The Company operates branded and unbranded shops in-store at Macy’s. Branded shops include Finish Line signage within those shops and are staffed by Finish Line employees, while unbranded shops do not include Finish Line signage and are generally serviced by Macy’s employees. There are no differences in the merchandise that is sold, the classification of revenue recorded at retail, or the Company’s operation of the athletic footwear inventory and business between branded and unbranded shops and www.macys.com.
In 2015 , the Company purchased approximately 87% of its merchandise from its five largest suppliers. The largest supplier, Nike, accounted for approximately 73% , 70% , and 69% of merchandise purchases in fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively.
Use of Estimates.  Preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Segment Information. The Company is a premium retailer of athletic shoes, apparel, and accessories for men, women, and kids, throughout the United States and Puerto Rico, through multiple operating segments. The Company’s operating segments have similar economic characteristics, which include a similar nature of products sold, type of customer, and method of distribution. As such, the Company’s operating segments are aggregated into one reportable segment. The following table sets forth net sales of the Company by major category for each of the following fiscal years (in thousands):
 
Category
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Footwear
 
$
1,596,443

 
88
%
 
$
1,466,039

 
88
%
 
$
1,237,685

 
86
%
Softgoods
 
224,143

 
12
%
 
204,371

 
12
%
 
205,680

 
14
%
Total net sales
 
$
1,820,586

 
100
%
 
$
1,670,410

 
100
%
 
$
1,443,365

 
100
%
Cash and Cash Equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash on hand and highly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. At February 28, 2015 , substantially all of the Company’s cash was invested in deposit accounts at banks. The majority of payments due from banks for credit card transactions process within 24 to 48 hours and are accordingly classified as cash and cash equivalents.
Merchandise Inventories.  Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using a weighted-average cost method. The Company’s valuation of merchandise inventory includes markdown adjustments for merchandise that will be sold below cost and the impact of inventory shrink. Markdowns are based upon historical information and assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Inventory shrink is based on historical information and assumptions about current inventory shrink trends. Vendor rebates are applied as a reduction to the cost of merchandise inventories.
Property and Equipment.  Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets: 30 years for buildings, three to 10 years for furniture, fixtures, and equipment, and three to 10 years for software. Improvements to leased premises are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset, generally 10 years, or the remaining lease term. Significant additions and improvements that extend the

42



useful life of an asset are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are charged to current operations as incurred. Depreciation expense for fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 was $38.4 million , $36.4 million , and $31.3 million , respectively.
In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, the Company reviews its property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company considers historical performance and future estimated results in its evaluation of potential impairment and then compares the carrying amount of the asset to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If an asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by comparing projected discounted cash flows to the asset’s carrying value. The estimation of fair value is measured by discounting expected future cash flows at the discount rate the Company utilizes to evaluate potential investments.
The Company capitalizes certain external and internal computer software and software development costs incurred during the application development stage. The application development stage generally includes software design and configuration, coding, testing, and installation activities. Capitalized costs include only external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and devote time to the internal-use software project. Capitalization of such costs ceases no later than the point at which the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred, while upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that such expenditures will result in additional functionality. Capitalized software, net of accumulated amortization, is included as a component of property and equipment and was $107.3 million and $68.2 million at February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , respectively.
Store Closing Costs.  Store closing costs represent the non-cash write-off of fixtures and equipment upon a store or shop within a department store closing. In the event a store is closed before its lease has expired, any estimated post-closing lease obligations are provided for when the leased space is no longer in use. The Company closed 21 , 24 , and 21 stores/shops in fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.  As a result of various acquisitions made by Running Specialty, the Company had a goodwill balance of $34.7 million and $25.6 million as of February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , respectively, on its consolidated balance sheets.
The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). ASC 350 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives not be amortized, but reviewed for impairment if impairment indicators arise and, at a minimum, annually. Intangible assets that are deemed to have finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives.
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. In the first step, the Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit with goodwill to its carrying value. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units with goodwill using a combination of a discounted cash flow and a market value approach. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and the Company is not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and compare it to the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The activities in the second step include valuing the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference.
There were no impairment charges recognized by the Company related to goodwill during fiscal 2015 , 2014 , or 2013 .
Leases.  Deferred credits from landlords consist of step rent and allowances from landlords related to the Company’s retail stores. Step rent represents the difference between actual minimum operating lease payments due and straight-line rent expense, which is recorded by the Company over the term of the lease, starting at the lease commencement date. Landlord allowances are generally comprised of amounts promised to the Company by landlords in the form of cash. These allowances are part of the negotiated terms of the lease. In situations where cash is to be received, the Company records a receivable for the full amount of the allowance when certain performance criteria articulated in the lease are met and a liability is concurrently established. This deferred credit from landlords is amortized into income (through lower rent expense) over the term, starting at the lease commencement date, of the applicable lease and the receivable is reduced as amounts are received from the landlord.
The Company recognizes rent expense for minimum lease payments on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, including rent holidays, rent escalation clauses, and/or cancelable option periods where failure to exercise such options would result in an economic penalty. The commencement date of the lease term is the earlier of the date when the Company becomes legally obligated for the rent payments or the date when the Company takes possession of the leased space for build-out.  

43



Certain leases provide for contingent rents and/or license fees, which are determined as a percentage of gross sales in excess of specified levels. The Company records a contingent rent liability in other liabilities and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets and the corresponding rent expense when specified levels have been achieved or when management determines that achieving the specified levels during the fiscal year is probable.
Revenue Recognition.  Revenues are recognized at the time the customer receives the merchandise, which for digital commerce revenues reflects an estimate of shipments that have not been received by the customer based on shipping terms and estimated delivery times. As it relates to Macy’s, the Company assumes the risks and rewards of ownership for merchandise at all of Macy’s locations and online at www.macys.com, including risk of loss for delivery, returns, and loss of inventory value. Net sales include merchandise, net of returns, and excluding all taxes.
The Company sells gift cards with no expiration dates to customers and does not charge administrative fees on unused gift cards. The Company recognizes revenue from gift cards when they are redeemed by the customer. In addition, the Company recognizes revenue on unredeemed gift cards when the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed is remote and there is no legal obligation to remit the value of unredeemed gift cards to the relevant jurisdictions. The Company determines the gift card breakage rate based on historical redemption patterns. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 the Company recorded $0.8 million , $0.7 million , and $0.4 million , respectively, of revenue related to gift card breakage. Gift card breakage is included in net sales in the Company’s consolidated statements of income; but, it is not included in the comparable store sales amounts.
Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales includes the cost associated with acquiring merchandise from vendors, occupancy costs, license fees, provision for inventory shortages, and credits and allowances from merchandise vendors. Cash consideration received from merchandise vendors after the related merchandise has been sold is recorded as an offset to cost of sales in the period negotiations are finalized. For cash consideration received on merchandise still in inventory, the allowance is recorded as a reduction to the cost of on-hand inventory and recorded as a reduction of cost of sales at the time of sale.
Because the Company does not include the costs associated with operating its distribution center and freight within cost of sales, the Company’s gross profit may not be comparable to those of other retailers that may include all costs related to their distribution centers in cost of sales and in the calculation of gross profit.
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general, and administrative expenses include store/shop payroll and related payroll benefits, store/shop operating expenses, advertising, cooperative advertising allowances, share-based compensation, costs associated with operating our distribution center, and other corporate related expenses. Additionally, selling, general, and administrative expenses include inbound freight from vendors to the distribution center as well as outbound freight from the distribution center to stores/shops, to vendors for returns, to third party liquidators, and for shipments of product to customers.
Advertising.  The Company expenses the cost of advertising as incurred, net of reimbursements for cooperative advertising. The reimbursements for cooperative advertising are agreed upon with vendors and are recorded in the same period as the associated expenses are incurred. The following table shows advertising expense for each of the following fiscal years (in thousands):
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Advertising expense
 
$
39,250

 
$
41,818

 
$
39,948

Cooperative advertising credits
 
(5,005
)
 
(9,846
)
 
(9,295
)
Net advertising expense
 
$
34,245

 
$
31,972

 
$
30,653

Store/Shop Pre-opening Costs.  Store/shop pre-opening costs and other non-capitalized expenditures, including payroll, training costs, and straight-line rent expense, are expensed as incurred.
Income Taxes.  The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, the amount of taxes currently payable or refundable are accrued and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for realizable loss and tax credit carryforwards. The deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance, which is established when it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In addition, management is required to evaluate all available evidence, including estimating future taxable income by taxing jurisdictions, the future reversal of temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and recent results of operations, when making its judgment to determine whether or not to record a valuation allowance for a portion, or all, of its deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured

44



using enacted income tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in income tax rates is recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company calculates an annual effective income tax rate based on annual income, permanent differences between book and tax income, and statutory income tax rates. The Company adjusts the annual effective income tax rate as additional information on outcomes or events becomes available. The Company’s effective income tax rate is affected by changes in tax law, the tax jurisdiction of new stores/shops or business ventures, the level of earnings or losses, the results of tax audits, the level of investment income, and other items.
The Company’s income tax returns, like those of most companies, are periodically audited by tax authorities. These audits include questions regarding the Company’s tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. At any one time, multiple tax years are subject to audit by the various tax authorities. The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach for evaluating income tax positions. The first step requires the Company to conclude that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by a tax authority. The second step applies if the Company has concluded that the tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination and requires the Company to measure the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company adjusts its accrual for uncertain tax positions and income tax provision in the period in which matters are effectively settled with tax authorities at amounts different from its established accrual, the statute of limitations expires for the relevant taxing authority to examine the tax position, or when more information becomes available. The Company includes its accrual for uncertain tax positions, including accrued penalties and interest, in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets unless the liability is expected to be paid within one year. Changes to the accrual for uncertain tax positions, including accrued penalties and interest, are included in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income.
Earnings Per Share.  Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income associated with common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share assumes the issuance of additional shares of common stock by the Company upon exercise of all outstanding stock options and contingently issuable securities if the effect is dilutive, in accordance with the treasury stock method or two-class method (whichever is more dilutive) discussed in ASC 260-10, Earnings Per Share .
ASC 260-10 requires the inclusion of restricted stock as participating securities, since they have the right to share in dividends, if declared, equally with common shareholders. During periods of net income, participating securities are allocated a proportional share of net income determined by dividing total weighted average participating securities by the sum of total weighted average common shares and participating securities (“the two-class method”). During periods of net loss, no effect is given to participating securities since they do not share in the losses of the Company. Participating securities have the effect of diluting both basic and diluted earnings per share during periods of net income. All per share amounts, unless otherwise noted, are presented on a diluted basis.
Financial Instruments.  Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.
As of February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , the Company had not invested in, nor did it have, any derivative financial instruments.
Share-Based Compensation.  The Company accounts for share-based compensation by the measuring and recognizing of compensation expense for all share-based awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values on the grant date. The Company is required to estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant and recognize as expense the value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest over the requisite service period.
Share-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of income is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, and accordingly has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company applies an estimated forfeiture rate based on historical data to determine the amount of compensation expense.
Compensation expense for stock options is recognized, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis, using a single option approach (each option is valued as one grant, irrespective of the number of vesting tranches). Restricted stock expense is recognized, net of forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

45



Fair Value Measurements. Fair value measurements are determined based upon the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants exclusive of any transaction costs. The Company utilizes a fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques as follows:
Level 1:
 
Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;
 
 
 
Level 2:
 
Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and
 
 
 
Level 3:
 
Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.
Self-Insurance Reserves. The Company is self-insured for certain losses related to health, workers’ compensation, and general liability insurance, although the Company maintains stop-loss coverage with third-party insurers to limit its liability exposure. Liabilities associated with these losses are estimated in part by considering historical claims experience, industry factors, severity factors, and other actuarial assumptions.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements.  In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity . This guidance states that the disposal of a component of an entity is to be reported in discontinued operations only if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. The pronouncement also requires additional disclosures regarding individually significant disposals of components that do not meet the criteria to be recognized as a discontinued operation as well as additional and expanded disclosures. The guidance is applied prospectively to all disposals (or classifications as held for sale) of components of an entity and all businesses or nonprofit activities that, on acquisition, are classified as held for sale that occur within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted, but only for disposals (or classifications as held for sale) that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued or available for issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . This guidance requires companies to recognize revenue in a manner that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which a company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard also will result in enhanced disclosures about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, with earlier adoption not permitted. ASU 2014-09 can be adopted either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this standard on its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern , which requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and provide related footnote disclosures. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The Company does not expect this standard to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
Other recently issued accounting pronouncements did not, or are not believed by management to, have a material effect on the Company’s present or future consolidated financial statements.
2. Acquisitions and Goodwill
During fiscal 2015 , the Company completed seven immaterial acquisitions of assets for total consideration of $11.5 million , net of cash acquired. A component of consideration for two of the acquisitions included contingent consideration with an estimated fair value of $0.7 million , which is included within other liabilities and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company determined the estimated fair values based on discounted cash flow analyses and estimates made by management. The entities from which the assets were acquired operated 20 specialty running stores in Colorado, Indiana, Kansas, Michigan, Missouri, North Carolina, and Utah. In connection with these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $9.1 million during 2015 . Goodwill is deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

46



The Company allocated the aggregated preliminary purchase price for the acquisitions based upon the tangible and intangible assets acquired, net of liabilities. The allocation of the preliminary purchase prices is detailed below (in thousands):
 
 
Allocation of
Purchase Price
Goodwill
$
9,067

Tangible assets, net of liabilities
2,383

Total purchase price
$
11,450

  During fiscal 2014 , the Company completed four immaterial acquisitions of assets for total consideration of $13.8 million , net of cash acquired. A component of the consideration for one of the acquisitions included contingent consideration which was paid during fiscal 2015 . The Company determined the estimated fair value based on discounted cash flow analyses and estimates made by management. The entities from which the assets were acquired operated 15 specialty running stores in Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, Colorado, and Virginia. In connection with these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $11.7 million .
During fiscal 2015 , the Company made the final working capital payments for two of the fiscal 2014 acquisitions, which did not have a material effect on the preliminary purchase price allocation. The Company allocated the aggregated preliminary purchase prices based upon the tangible and intangible assets acquired, net of liabilities. The allocation of the preliminary purchase prices for the fiscal 2014 acquisitions is detailed below (in thousands):    

 
Allocation of
Purchase  Price
Goodwill
$
11,652

Tangible assets, net of liabilities
2,185

Total purchase price
$
13,837

The following table provides a reconciliation of the Company’s goodwill for each of the following fiscal years (in thousands):
 
 
2015
 
2014
Beginning balance
$
25,608

 
$
13,888

Acquisitions
9,067

 
11,608

Other
44

 
112

Ending balance
$
34,719

 
$
25,608

3. Fair Value Measurements
The following table provides a summary of the recognized assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):
 
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-qualified deferred compensation plan
 
$
6,424

 
$

 
$

 
$
5,869

 
$

 
$

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent consideration liabilities
 
$

 
$

 
$
650

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,903

Included in Level 1 assets are mutual fund investments under a non-qualified deferred compensation plan. The Company estimates the fair value of these investments on a recurring basis using readily available market prices.

47



Included in Level 3 liabilities are the contingent consideration liabilities related to the Company’s acquisitions. The liabilities are adjusted to fair value each reporting period. The categorization of the framework used to price the liabilities is considered Level 3, due to the subjective nature of the unobservable inputs used to determine the fair values.
There were no transfers into or out of Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 assets or liabilities for any of the periods presented.
Level 3 Valuation Techniques
Financial assets and liabilities are considered Level 3 when the fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the Company’s Level 3 contingent consideration liabilities for each of the following fiscal years (in thousands):
 
 
2015
 
2014
Beginning balance
$
1,903

 
$
1,453

Contingent consideration from acquisitions
650

 
450

Settlements of contingent consideration
(1,903
)
 

Ending balance
$
650

 
$
1,903

The Company has certain assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are adjusted to fair value under certain circumstances that include those described in Note 13, Impairment Charges and Store Closing Costs. The categorization used to price the assets is considered a Level 3 measurement due to the subjective nature of the unobservable inputs used to determine the fair value.
Additionally, in connection with the acquisitions and purchase price allocations that are described in Note 2, Acquisitions and Goodwill, the Company recognized the acquired assets and liabilities at fair value. All amounts are recognized as Level 3 measurements due to the subjective nature of the unobservable inputs used to determine the fair values.
4. Debt Agreement
On November 30, 2012 , the Company entered into an unsecured $100 million Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”) with certain Lenders, which expires on November 30, 2017 . The Amended Credit Agreement provides that, under certain circumstances, the Company may increase the maximum amount of the credit facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200 million . The Amended Credit Agreement is used by the Company, among other things, to issue letters of credit, support working capital needs, fund capital expenditures, and for other general corporate purposes.
Approximately $1.9 million in stand-by letters of credit were outstanding as of February 28, 2015 under the Amended Credit Agreement. No advances were outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement as of February 28, 2015 . Accordingly, the total revolving credit availability under the Amended Credit Agreement was $98.1 million as of February 28, 2015 .
The Company’s ability to borrow monies in the future under the Amended Credit Agreement is subject to certain conditions, including compliance with certain covenants and making certain representations and warranties. The Amended Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants that limit, among other things, mergers and acquisitions. In addition, the Company must maintain a maximum leverage ratio (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and minimum consolidated tangible net worth (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement). The Company was in compliance with all such covenants as of February 28, 2015 .
The Amended Credit Agreement pricing grid is adjusted quarterly and is based on the Company’s leverage ratio (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement). The minimum pricing is LIBOR plus 0.90% or Base Rate (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and the maximum pricing is LIBOR plus 1.75% or Base Rate plus 0.75% . The Company is also subject to an unused commitment fee based on the Company’s leverage ratio with minimum pricing of 0.10% and maximum pricing of 0.25% . In addition, the Company is subject to a letter of credit fee based on the Company’s leverage ratio with minimum pricing of 0.40% and maximum pricing of 1.25% .

48



5. Leases
The Company leases retail stores under non-cancelable operating leases, which generally have lease terms ranging from three to ten years. Most of these lease arrangements do not provide for renewal periods; however, management expects that in the normal course of business, expiring leases will generally be renewed or, upon making a decision to relocate, replaced by leases at other premises. The Company recognizes rent expense for minimum lease payments on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, including rent holidays, rent escalation clauses, and/or cancelable option periods where failure to exercise such options would result in an economic penalty. In addition, the commencement date of the lease term is the earlier of the date when the Company becomes legally obligated for the rent payments or the date when the Company takes possession of the leased space for build-out.
Certain leases provide for contingent rents and/or license fees, which are determined as a percentage of gross sales in excess of specified levels. The Company records a contingent rent liability in other liabilities and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets and the corresponding rent expense when specified levels have been achieved or when management determines that achieving the specified levels during the fiscal year is probable.
In addition to rent payments, leases generally require additional payments covering real estate taxes, insurance, maintenance, and other costs. These additional payments are excluded from the table below. The components of rent expense incurred under these leases are as follows for each of the following fiscal years (in thousands):
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Minimum rent
$
102,888

 
$
90,570

 
$
83,212

Contingent rent
30,069

 
25,241

 
13,628

Rent expense
$
132,957

 
$
115,811

 
$
96,840

A schedule of future base rent payments by fiscal year with initial or remaining non-cancelable terms of one year or more is as follows (in thousands):
 
2016
$
98,441

2017
109,775

2018
99,931

2019
93,937

2020
88,496

Thereafter
277,380

Total
$
767,960

The lease commitments include the guaranteed minimum license fee associated with shops within department stores.
6. Income Taxes
The following table sets forth the components of income tax expense for each of the following fiscal years (in thousands):
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Currently payable:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
17,534

 
$
32,610

 
$
33,703

State
1,106

 
4,413

 
4,570

 
18,640

 
37,023

 
38,273

Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
20,241

 
9,266

 
4,359

State
1,792

 
877

 
682

 
22,033

 
10,143

 
5,041

Total income tax expense
$
40,673

 
$
47,166

 
$
43,314


49



Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
 
 
February 28, 2015
 
March 1, 2014
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Deferred credits from landlords
$
10,563

 
$
10,323

Share-based compensation
4,235

 
4,361

Compensation accrual
458

 
5,456

Deferred compensation
2,492

 
2,281

Other
5,763

 
5,721

Total deferred tax assets
23,511

 
28,142

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Property and equipment
(38,133
)
 
(24,625
)
Inventories
(11,938
)
 
(7,500
)
Other
(837
)
 
(1,381
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(50,908
)
 
(33,506
)
Net deferred tax liability
$
(27,397
)
 
$
(5,364
)
The effective income tax rate varies from the statutory federal income tax rate for fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 due to the following:
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Tax at statutory federal income tax rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
%
 
35.0
 %
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
1.9

 
2.9

 
2.9

Tax contingencies
(0.3
)
 

 
(0.2
)
Benefit of worthless stock deduction
(3.6
)
 

 

Tax effect related to Running Specialty redeemable noncontrolling interest
0.6

 
0.5

 
0.7

Other
0.2

 
0.2

 
0.1

 
33.8
 %
 
38.6
%
 
38.5
 %
As of February 28, 2015 , the Company had approximately $2.1 million of net operating loss carryforwards for state tax purposes, of which $0.9 million of net operating loss carryforwards related to excess share-based compensation deductions and when realized, will be credited to shareholders’ equity. If not used, these carryforwards will expire between 2019 and 2030 .
Payments of income taxes for fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 equaled $39.3 million , $31.0 million , and $45.0 million , respectively.
The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax by multiple state jurisdictions. The Company has substantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters through fiscal 2011 and all state and local income tax matters through fiscal 2005. In the future, the Company may resolve some or all of the issues related to tax matters of open fiscal years, which may require the Company to make payments to settle agreed upon liabilities.
Uncertain Tax Positions
As of February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , the Company had $3.5 million and $9.6 million of unrecognized tax benefits respectively, $2.3 million and $2.7 million respectively, of which, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate. Of the total unrecognized tax benefits as of February 28, 2015 , it is reasonably possible that the total unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by up to $0.7 million during the next twelve months due to audit settlements, expiration of statute of limitations, or other resolution of uncertainties. Due to the uncertain and complex application of tax regulations, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of audits may result in liabilities that could be different from this estimate. In such case, the Company will

50



record additional tax expense or tax benefit in the tax provision or reclassify amounts on the consolidated balance sheets in the period in which such matter is effectively settled with the tax authority.
The Company recognizes interest and penalty expense, as well as reversal of expense, related to unrecognized tax benefits as components of income tax expense. In fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , $(0.5) million , $0.2 million , and $(0.5) million , respectively, of interest and penalties were included in income tax expense on the consolidated statements of income. The Company has accrued $1.5 million and $2.0 million for the payment of interest and penalties as of February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , respectively.
The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits for U.S. federal and state tax jurisdictions and excludes accrued interest and penalties (in thousands):
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year
$
7,638

 
$
6,268

 
$
6,548

Increases in tax positions for prior years

 
1,695

 
275

Decreases in tax positions for prior years
(5,595
)
 
(195
)
 
(29
)
Increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of current year activity
50

 
2,385

 
13

Decreases to unrecognized tax benefits relating to settlements with taxing authorities
(29
)
 
(209
)
 

Decreases to unrecognized tax benefits as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations
(65
)
 
(2,306
)
 
(539
)
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year
$
1,999

 
$
7,638

 
$
6,268

The significant decrease in unrecognized tax benefits for fiscal 2015 reflects the completion of an IRS audit covering the years ending February 26, 2011 , March 3, 2012 , and March 2, 2013 and the filing of an automatic accounting method change to change the tax accounting treatment for a deferred tax asset. As a result of the resolution of the IRS audit and the filing of the automatic accounting method change, certain items reserved for in prior years no longer required a reserve.
7. Retirement Plans
The Company sponsors a defined contribution profit sharing plan, which covers substantially all employees of the Company who are age twenty-one or older. Contributions to this plan are discretionary and are allocated to employees as a percentage of each covered employee’s wages. The plan has a 401(k) feature whereby the Company matches employee contributions to the plan. The Company matches 100 percent of employee contributions to the 401(k) plan on the first three percent of an employee’s wages and then 50 percent of employee contributions to the 401(k) plan over three percent up to five percent of their wages (maximum of four percent Company match). Employee contributions and Company matching contributions vest immediately. The Company’s matching contribution expense for the 401(k) plan in fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 was $1.6 million , $1.7 million , and $1.2 million , respectively.
The Company has a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for highly compensated employees whose contributions are limited under the qualified defined contribution profit sharing plan. Amounts contributed and deferred under the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are credited or charged with the performance of investment options offered under the plan and elected by the participants. In the event of bankruptcy, the assets of this plan are available to satisfy the claims of general creditors. The liability for compensation deferred under the Company’s non-qualified deferred compensation plan was $6.4 million and $5.9 million at February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , respectively, and is included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s total expense recorded for this plan was $0 in fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 .
8. Equity Compensation
General
In July 2009, the Company’s shareholders approved and adopted The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan (the “2009 Incentive Plan”), previously approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company’s Board of Directors has reserved 6,500,000 shares of common stock for issuance upon exercise of options or other awards under the 2009 Incentive Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance of all awards, other than options and stock appreciation rights, is limited to 2,500,000

51



under the 2009 Incentive Plan. Upon approval of the 2009 Incentive Plan, the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan of The Finish Line, Inc. (the “2002 Incentive Plan”) is limited in future grants to awards from shares returned to the 2002 Incentive Plan by forfeiture after July 23, 2009. In July 2014, the Company’s shareholders approved and adopted The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “Amended 2009 Incentive Plan”), previously approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Amended 2009 Incentive Plan amended and restated, in its entirety, the 2009 Incentive Plan, but did not increase the maximum number of shares which may be used for awards. Under the 2002 and Amended 2009 Incentive Plans, the Company can provide newly issued shares or treasury stock to satisfy stock option exercises and for the issuance of restricted stock.
Total share-based compensation expense in fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 was $8.2 million , $7.1 million , and $6.6 million , respectively.
Stock Option Activity
Stock options have been granted to non-employee directors, officers, and other key employees. Generally, options outstanding under the 2002 and Amended 2009 Incentive Plans are exercisable at a price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, vest over four years, and expire ten years after the date of grant. The estimated weighted-average fair value of the individual options granted during fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 was $8.40 , $8.24 , and $9.56 , respectively on the date of the grants. The fair values of all options granted were determined using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for each fiscal year:
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Dividend yield
1.20
%
 
1.38
%
 
1.05
%
Volatility
36.6
%
 
53.4
%
 
58.3
%
Risk-free interest rate
1.70
%
 
0.84
%
 
0.95
%
Expected life
5.0 years

 
5.0 years

 
4.9 years

The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts. The expected volatility assumption is based on the Company’s analysis of historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on the average daily closing rates during the period for U.S. treasury notes that have a life which approximates the expected life of the option. The expected life of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding based on historical exercise experience.
A reconciliation of the Company’s stock option activity and related information for fiscal 2015 is as follows:
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at March 1, 2014
1,916,596

 
$
17.14

 
 
 
 
Granted
774,077

 
27.31

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(484,086
)
 
14.90

 
 
 
$
6,736,000

Forfeited
(190,264
)
 
24.64

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at February 28, 2015
2,016,323

 
$
20.90

 
7.5
 
$
9,073,000

Exercisable at February 28, 2015
494,987

 
$
13.84

 
5.0
 
$
5,267,000

As of February 28, 2015 , there was $7.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested options. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years .
Intrinsic value for stock options is the difference between the current market value of the Company’s stock and the option strike price. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 was $6.7 million , $8.4 million , and $6.4 million , respectively.

52



The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options at February 28, 2015 :
 
Range of Exercise Prices
Number
Outstanding
 
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
 
Number
Exercisable
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
$1.00 - $10.00
160,833

 
3.5
 
$
5.84

 
160,833

 
$
5.84

$10.01 - $15.00
107,673

 
3.6
 
12.93

 
107,673

 
12.93

$15.01 - $20.00
612,242

 
7.4
 
19.20

 
109,424

 
18.78

$20.01 - $25.00
539,663

 
7.7
 
21.52

 
116,475

 
21.04

$25.01 +
595,912

 
9.1
 
27.59

 
582

 
25.52

 
2,016,323

 
7.5
 
$
20.90

 
494,987

 
$
13.84

The Company recorded compensation expense related to stock options of $3.9 million , $3.5 million , and $2.7 million in fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively.
Restricted Stock Activity
The Company has granted shares of the Company’s stock to non-employee directors, officers, and other key employees that are subject to restrictions. The restricted stock granted to employees under the 2002 and Amended 2009 Incentive Plans either vest upon the achievement of specified levels of net income growth over a three -year period or were granted such that they cliff-vest after a three -year period. For performance-based awards, should the net income criteria not be met over the three -year period, the shares will be forfeited. All restricted stock awards issued to non-employee directors cliff-vest after a one -year period from the grant date. The Company recorded compensation expense related to restricted stock of $4.2 million , $3.5 million , and $3.8 million in fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively.
A reconciliation of the Company’s restricted stock activity and related information for fiscal 2015 is as follows:
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Grant  Date
Fair Value
Unvested at March 1, 2014
792,729

 
$
20.47

Granted
221,603

 
27.10

Vested
(169,278
)
 
20.07

Forfeited
(118,856
)
 
20.82

Unvested at February 28, 2015
726,198

 
$
22.42

As of February 28, 2015 , there was $6.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested restricted stock. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years . The total fair value of awards for which restrictions lapsed (vested) during 2015 was $3.4 million .
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company has an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Prior to January 1, 2015, under the ESPP, participating employees were able to contribute up to 10 percent of their annual compensation to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock at 85% of the market price on a specified date each offering period. The amount of shares purchased per calendar year could not have a fair market value in excess of $10,000 . As of January 1, 2015, the contribution limit increased to 15 percent of employees’ annual compensation and the fair market value of shares employees could purchase was increased to $25,000 to align with the IRS maximum limit. As of February 28, 2015 , 2,400,000 shares of common stock were authorized for purchase under the ESPP, of which 29,000 , 31,000 , and 33,000 shares were purchased during fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively. The Company recognizes compensation expense based on the 15% discount at purchase. The Company recorded compensation expense related to the ESPP of $0.1 million in fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 .

53



9. Start-Up Costs
The Company entered into a department license agreement and an on-line shop license agreement (the “Agreements”) with Macy’s whereby the Company is the exclusive retailer of men’s, women’s, and kids’ athletic shoes (“Athletic Shoes”) within Macy’s stores and on www.macys.com. The Company is responsible for all the Athletic Shoes assortments, inventory, fulfillment, and pricing at all of Macy’s locations and online at www.macys.com, and has in-store build outs with Finish Line branding and staffing at approximately 400 of Macy’s department stores. The Company incurred start-up costs to accommodate a conversion of Macy’s Athletic Shoes inventory to Finish Line assortments. The Company took full control of Macy’s Athletic Shoes inventory at Macy’s department stores as of April 14, 2013 and online at www.macys.com as of May 14, 2013. As a part of the conversion, the Company agreed to purchase certain of Macy’s Athletic Shoes at Macy’s original cost.
The charges from start-up costs related to the Agreements with Macy’s included the following: freight and handling of inventory from Macy’s to the Company; leased warehouse space at a third party for sorting inventory; and inventory reserves established for inventory purchased from Macy’s to record at the lower of cost or market.
During fiscal 2014 , the Company incurred $5.8 million in start-up costs in cost of sales and $2.2 million in selling, general, and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of income for a combined $8.0 million . No start-up costs were incurred during fiscal 2015 .
10. Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders is calculated by dividing net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. associated with common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders assumes the issuance of additional shares of common stock by the Company upon exercise of all outstanding stock options and contingently issuable securities if the effect is dilutive, in accordance with the treasury stock method or two-class method (whichever is more dilutive) discussed in ASC 260-10, Earnings Per Share .
ASC 260-10 requires the inclusion of restricted stock as participating securities, since they have the right to share in dividends, if declared, equally with common shareholders. During periods of net income, participating securities are allocated a proportional share of net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. determined by dividing total weighted average participating securities by the sum of total weighted average common shares and participating securities (“the two-class method”). During periods of net loss, no effect is given to participating securities since they do not share in the losses of the Company. Participating securities have the effect of diluting both basic and diluted earnings per share during periods of net income.

54



The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used in computing earnings per share for each of the following fiscal years (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
$
81,993

 
$
76,903

 
$
71,473

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. attributable to participating securities
 
982

 
919

 
653

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. available to common shareholders
 
$
81,011

 
$
75,984

 
$
70,820

Basic earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
47,268

 
48,286

 
49,824

Basic earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders
 
$
1.71

 
$
1.57

 
$
1.42

Diluted earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
47,268

 
48,286

 
49,824

Dilutive effect of potential common shares(a)
 
390

 
415

 
667

Diluted weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
47,658

 
48,701

 
50,491

Diluted earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders
 
$
1.70

 
$
1.56

 
$
1.40

 _____________
(a)
The computation of diluted earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders excludes options to purchase approximately 0.6 million , 1.1 million , and 0.9 million shares of common stock in fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively, because the impact of such options would have been antidilutive.
11. Common Stock
On July 21, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program (the “2011 Share Repurchase Program”) to repurchase up to 5,000,000  shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding through December 31, 2014 . On January 3, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors amended the 2011 Share Repurchase Program (the “2013 Amended Program”) and authorized the repurchase of an additional 5,000,000  shares of the Company’s common stock, which authorization shall expire on December 31, 2017 .
The Company purchased 2,700,000  shares at an average price of $25.20 per share for an aggregate amount of $68.1 million in fiscal 2015 . As of February 28, 2015 , there were 1,205,000  shares remaining available to repurchase under the 2013 Amended Program.
On March 26, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors amended the 2013 Amended Program (the “2015 Amended Program”) and authorized the repurchase of an additional 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which authorization shall expire on December 31, 2018 . As a result, as of March 26, 2015, there were 6,205,000 shares available for repurchase in the aggregate under the 2013 and 2015 Amended Programs.
As of February 28, 2015, the Company held 13,706,000 shares of its common stock as treasury shares at an average price of $19.84 per share for an aggregate carrying amount of $271.9 million . The Company’s treasury shares may be issued upon the exercise of employee stock options, under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, in the form of restricted stock, or for other corporate purposes. The number of shares of common stock reserved to be issued upon the exercise of options, restricted stock, or other awards is limited as defined in the 2002 and Amended 2009 Incentive Plans. Further purchases will occur from time to time as market conditions warrant and as the Company deems appropriate when judged against other alternative uses of cash.

55


On January 15, 2015, the Company increased its quarterly cash dividend to $0.09 per share from $0.08 per share of the Company’s common stock. The Company declared dividends of $15.7 million , $14.2 million , and $12.5 million during fiscal 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively. As of February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , dividends declared but not paid were $4.2 million and $3.9 million , respectively. Further declarations of dividends remain at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors.
On July 20, 2012, all of the Company’s shares of Class B common stock were converted on a one -for-one basis into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Restated Articles of Incorporation, and the Company eliminated its dual class stock structure. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the conversion of the Class B shares, and the Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any Class A shares issued as a result of the conversion. Per the Company’s Restated Articles of Incorporation, as of the conversion, all Class B shares are no longer authorized.
12. Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest
On March 29, 2012, GCPI SR LLC (“GCPI”) made a $10.0 million strategic investment in Running Specialty, though the Company remained the majority owner. GCPI had the right to “put” and the Company had the right to “call” after March 4, 2017, under certain circumstances, GCPI’s interest in Running Specialty at an agreed upon price approximating fair value. Also, as part of the transaction, GCPI issued to the Company a $4.0 million related-party promissory note (the “Promissory Note”), which was collateralized with GCPI’s interest in Running Specialty, due March 31, 2021 or earlier depending on certain stipulated events in the control of GCPI. The Promissory Note called for interest payments based in part on a fixed rate and in part on participation in the value of other investments held by GCPI. The balance of the Promissory Note and related accrued interest was zero and $4.1 million at February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , respectively, and is netted against the redeemable noncontrolling interest, net on the consolidated balance sheets.
On April 25, 2014, the Company entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “Membership Agreement”) with GCPI to increase Finish Line’s ownership in Running Specialty for a purchase price of $10.5 million . The Company paid GCPI $9.0 million of the purchase price in cash at closing after deducting the $4.1 million balance of the Promissory Note that was due from GCPI to the Company. The remaining $1.5 million purchase price is due to GCPI upon the earlier of April 30, 2017 or the date of liquidation or consummation of a sale of Running Specialty. The balance of the $1.5 million liability is included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. In addition, the Membership Agreement provided an additional “put” to GCPI and “call” to the Company of GCPI’s remaining interest in Running Specialty at an agreed upon price commencing on April 25, 2015 and ending on June 30, 2015, which would close on July 31, 2015.
The redeemable noncontrolling interest is classified as mezzanine equity and measured at the greater of estimated fair value at the end of each reporting period or the historical cost basis of the redeemable noncontrolling interest, net of the Promissory Note and related accrued interest and adjusted for cumulative earnings or loss allocations. The resulting increases or decreases in the estimated redemption amount are affected by corresponding charges against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, additional paid-in capital. As of February 28, 2015 and March 1, 2014 , the redeemable noncontrolling interest was measured at historical cost basis.
A rollforward of redeemable noncontrolling interest, net is detailed below for each of the following fiscal years (in thousands):

 
2015
 
2014
Redeemable noncontrolling interest, net, beginning of period
$
1,774

 
$
3,669

Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
(2,251
)
 
(1,851
)
Purchase of redeemable noncontrolling interest
(10,500
)
 

Proceeds and interest related to the Promissory Note
4,083

 
(44
)
Decrease in The Finish Line, Inc.’s additional paid-in capital for purchase of redeemable noncontrolling membership interest
6,984

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interest, net, end of period
$
90

 
$
1,774

13. Impairment Charges and Store Closing Costs
The $3.9 million in impairment charges and store closing costs that were recorded during fiscal 2015 were primarily the result of a $2.1 million charge for the write-off of tangible and indefinite-lived intangible assets related to one of the Company’s websites, as the Company determined the website was no longer going to be used for its originally intended purpose, a $0.5

56



million write-off of long-lived assets of four underperforming stores, and a $0.3 million write-off of obsolete store fixtures. The asset impairment charges were calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the impaired assets and their estimated future discounted cash flows. Additionally, the Company recorded $1.0 million in store closing costs during fiscal 2015 , which represents the non-cash write-off of fixtures and equipment upon a store or shop within a department store closing.
The $2.8 million in impairment charges and store closing costs that were recorded during fiscal 2014 were primarily the result of a $2.1 million write-off of obsolete store technology assets and fixtures. The asset impairment charges for the obsolete store technology assets and fixtures were calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the impaired assets and their estimated future discounted cash flows. Additionally, the Company recorded $0.7 million in store closing costs during fiscal 2014 .
The $6.3 million in impairment charges and store closing costs that were recorded during fiscal 2013 were primarily due to a $3.7 million charge associated with the Company’s updated website that was launched during the third quarter of fiscal 2013 . Subsequently, it became apparent that there was a degradation of the customer experience, evidenced by a decline in several key performance indicators. As a result, the Company made the strategic decision to transition back to the Company’s legacy website given the importance of the selling season. In February 2013 , the Company made the decision to permanently abandon the updated website. The fiscal 2013 impairment charge also included a $1.9 million charge for the write-off of long-lived assets of 6 underperforming stores. The asset impairment charges were calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the impaired assets and their estimated future discounted cash flows. Additionally, the Company recorded $0.7 million in store closing costs during fiscal 2013 .
14. Commitments and Contingencies
Demandware, Inc. (the “Plaintiff”) filed an action against the Company in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York on or about August 12, 2013, alleging breach of contract as it relates to the parties’ engagement to replace Finish Line’s web commerce platform (the “Dispute”). The Company subsequently filed a counterclaim against the Plaintiff related to the Dispute. During fiscal 2015, the parties entered into a Settlement Agreement and Release, which, among other things, included a provision releasing both parties of all claims and counterclaims in the matter (the “Settlement”). The Settlement did not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
The Company is subject, from time to time, to certain legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of conducting its business. The Company establishes a liability related to its legal proceedings and claims when it has determined that it is probable that the Company has incurred a liability and the related amount can be reasonably estimated. If the Company determines that an obligation is reasonably possible, the Company will, if material, disclose the nature of the loss contingency and the estimated range of possible loss, or include a statement that no estimate of loss can be made. The Company believes there are no pending legal proceedings in which the Company is currently involved which will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

57



15. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
The Company’s merchandise is marketed during all seasons, with the highest volume of merchandise sold during the second and fourth fiscal quarters as a result of back-to-school and holiday shopping. The third fiscal quarter has traditionally had the lowest volume of merchandise sold and the lowest results of operations.
The following tables set forth quarterly operating data of the Company, including such data as a percentage of net sales, for fiscal 2015 and 2014 . This quarterly information is unaudited but, in management’s opinion, reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, other than those noted, necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented.
 
 
 
Quarter Ended
 
 
May 31, 2014
 
August 30, 2014
 
November 29, 2014
 
February 28, 2015
 
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
 
$
406,531

 
100.0
%
 
$
466,880

 
100.0
%
 
$
395,828

 
100.0
 %
 
$
551,347

 
100.0
%
Cost of sales (including occupancy costs)
 
277,651

 
68.3

 
311,760

 
66.8

 
284,074

 
71.8

 
363,298

 
65.9

Gross profit
 
128,880

 
31.7

 
155,120

 
33.2

 
111,754

 
28.2

 
188,049

 
34.1

Selling, general, and administrative expenses
 
108,896

 
26.8

 
111,882

 
24.0

 
114,923

 
29.0

 
123,754

 
22.4

Impairment charges and store closing costs
 
2,314

 
0.6

 
379

 

 
462

 
0.1

 
763

 
0.1

Operating income (loss)
 
17,670

 
4.3

 
42,859

 
9.2

 
(3,631
)
 
(0.9
)
 
63,532

 
11.6

Interest (expense) income, net
 
7

 

 
(1
)
 

 

 

 
(21
)
 

Income (loss) before income taxes
 
17,677

 
4.3

 
42,858

 
9.2

 
(3,631
)
 
(0.9
)
 
63,511

 
11.6

Income tax expense (benefit)
 
7,022

 
1.7

 
16,699

 
3.6

 
(6,126
)
 
(1.5
)
 
23,078

 
4.2

Net income
 
10,655

 
2.6

 
26,159

 
5.6

 
2,495

 
0.6

 
40,433

 
7.4

Net loss (income) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
 
1,780

 
0.5

 
(2
)
 

 
83

 
0.1

 
390

 

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
$
12,435

 
3.1
%
 
$
26,157

 
5.6
%
 
$
2,578

 
0.7
 %
 
$
40,823

 
7.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders(a)
 
$
0.26

 
 
 
$
0.54

 
 
 
$
0.05

 
 
 
$
0.87

 
 
Diluted earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders(a)
 
$
0.25

 
 
 
$
0.54

 
 
 
$
0.05

 
 
 
$
0.87

 
 
Dividends declared per share
 
$
0.08

 
 
 
$
0.08

 
 
 
$
0.08

 
 
 
$
0.09

 
 

(a)
Earnings per share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly amounts may not equal the total for the fiscal year.



58



 
 
Quarter Ended
 
 
June 1, 2013
 
August 31, 2013
 
November 30, 2013
 
March 1, 2014
 
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
 
$
351,053

 
100.0
%
 
$
436,030

 
100.0
%
 
$
364,455

 
100.0
%
 
$
518,872

 
100.0
%
Cost of sales (including occupancy costs)
 
244,058

 
69.5

 
289,693

 
66.4

 
256,607

 
70.4

 
332,609

 
64.1

Gross profit
 
106,995

 
30.5

 
146,337

 
33.6

 
107,848

 
29.6

 
186,263

 
35.9

Selling, general, and administrative expenses
 
99,356

 
28.3

 
103,455

 
23.8

 
104,092

 
28.6

 
117,668

 
22.7

Impairment charges and store closing costs
 
186

 
0.1

 
17

 

 
1,007

 
0.2

 
1,557

 
0.3

Operating income
 
7,453

 
2.1

 
42,865

 
9.8

 
2,749

 
0.8

 
67,038

 
12.9

Interest income, net
 
14

 

 
10

 

 
3

 

 
10

 

Gain on sale of investment
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2,076

 
0.4

Income before income taxes
 
7,467

 
2.1

 
42,875

 
9.8

 
2,752

 
0.8

 
69,124

 
13.3

Income tax expense
 
2,953

 
0.8

 
16,682

 
3.8

 
1,161

 
0.4

 
26,370

 
5.1

Net income
 
4,514

 
1.3

 
26,193

 
6.0

 
1,591

 
0.4

 
42,754

 
8.2

Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
 
561

 
0.1

 
314

 
0.1

 
727

 
0.2

 
249

 
0.1

Net income attributable to The Finish Line, Inc.
 
$
5,075

 
1.4
%
 
$
26,507

 
6.1
%
 
$
2,318

 
0.6
%
 
$
43,003

 
8.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders(a)
 
$
0.10

 
 
 
$
0.54

 
 
 
$
0.05

 
 
 
$
0.88

 
 
Diluted earnings per share attributable to The Finish Line, Inc. shareholders(a)
 
$
0.10

 
 
 
$
0.54

 
 
 
$
0.05

 
 
 
$
0.87

 
 
Dividends declared per share
 
$
0.07

 
 
 
$
0.07

 
 
 
$
0.07

 
 
 
$
0.08

 
 
 
(a)
Earnings per share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly amounts may not equal the total for the fiscal year.

59



Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  With the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that (i) information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  The report of management of the Company regarding internal control over financial reporting appears under the caption “Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” in Item 8 preceding the Company’s financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.
(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
(d) Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.  The attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting appears under the caption “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in Item 8 preceding the Company’s financial statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.

60

Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
Except for information disclosed in Part I under the heading “Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant,” the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the captions “Management—Executive Officers and Directors,” “Management—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” and “Board of Directors, Committees, and Meetings—Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors—The Audit Committee” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Shareholders Meeting (the “ 2015 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of February 28, 2015 , the Company’s most recent fiscal year-end. The Company has a Code of Ethics policy that applies to all officers, employees, and directors of the Company. It and other corporate governance documents are available on the Company’s website at www.finishline.com.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the caption “Executive Compensation” in the 2015 Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days of February 28, 2015 , the Company’s most recent fiscal year-end.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the 2015 Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days of February 28, 2015 , the Company’s most recent fiscal year-end.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Company are currently authorized for issuance to employees or non-employees (such as directors, consultants, advisors, vendors, customers, suppliers, or lenders), as of February 28, 2015 :
 
 
 
(a)
 
(b)
 
(c)
 
 
Plan Category
 
Number of shares to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants, and rights
 
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants, and rights
 
Number of  shares
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding shares
reflected in column (a))
 
 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders(1)
 
2,016,323

 
$
20.90

 
4,997,559

 
(2
)
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders
 

 

 

 
 
 _______________
(1)
These shares are subject to awards made or to be made under the Company’s 2002 Incentive Plan, Amended 2009 Incentive Plan, Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, and Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(2)
Includes the following shares which remain available for future issuance under the referenced plans as of February 28, 2015 : (i) 291,520 shares under the 2002 Incentive Plan; (ii) 2,756,556 shares under the Amended 2009 Incentive Plan, and (iii) 1,949,483 shares under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. From and after July 23, 2009, the only shares issuable under the 2002 Incentive Plan (other than shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, as disclosed in column (a)) include 291,520 shares eligible for issuance in respect of shares returned to the plan by forfeiture after July 23, 2009.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the captions “Executive Compensation—Related Party Transactions” and “Board of Directors, Committees, and Meetings—Independence of Directors” in the 2015 Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days of February 28, 2015 , the Company’s most recent fiscal year-end.

61

Table of Contents

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the captions “Audit Committee Report—Independent Auditor Fee Information” and “Audit Committee Report—Pre-Approval Policies and Proceedings” in the 2015 Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days of February 28, 2015 , the Company’s most recent fiscal year-end.

62

Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) The following financial statements of The Finish Line, Inc. and the reports of the independent registered public accounting firm are filed in Item 8 as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
 
 
Page
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
(c) Exhibits
 
Exhibit
Number
Description
 
 
3.1
Restated Articles of Incorporation of The Finish Line, Inc., amended and restated as of July 23, 2009.
 
 
3.2
Bylaws of The Finish Line, Inc., amended as of July 23, 2009.
 
 
4.1
2002 Stock Incentive Plan of The Finish Line, Inc. (as amended and restated July 21, 2005).(1)*
 
 
4.2
Amendment No. 1 to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan of The Finish Line, Inc. (as amended and restated July 21, 2005).(2)*
 
 
4.3
Amendment No. 2 to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan of The Finish Line, Inc. (as amended and restated July 21, 2005).(3)*
 
 
4.4
Amendment No. 3 to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan of The Finish Line, Inc. (as amended and restated July 21, 2005).(4)*
 
 
4.5
The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan, as amended and restated.(5)*
 
 
10.1
Form of Award Agreement for Employees and Employee Directors pursuant to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.(11)*


63

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
 
 
10.2
Form of Award Agreement for Nonemployee Directors pursuant to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.(12)*
 
 
10.3
Form of Non-Qualified Option Award Letter for Employees and Employee Directors pursuant to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.(13)*
 
 
10.4
Form of Non-Qualified Option Award Letter for Nonemployee Directors pursuant to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.(14)*
 
 
10.5
Form of Incentive Stock Award Letter pursuant to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.(15)*
 
 
10.6
Form of Indemnity Agreement between The Finish Line, Inc. and each of its Directors or Executive Officers.
 
 
10.7
The Finish Line, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated.*
 
 
10.8
The Finish Line, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*
 
 
10.9
The Finish Line, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan.(20)*
 
 
10.10
Amendment No. 1 to The Finish Line, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan.(21)*
 
 
10.11
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Glenn S. Lyon, dated as of December 31, 2008.(22)*
 
 
10.12
Employment Agreement of Edward W. Wilhelm, dated as of March 30, 2009.(23)*
 
 
10.13
Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Edward W. Wilhelm.(24)*
 
 
10.14
Form of The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement.*
 
 
10.15
Form of The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement.*
 
 
10.16
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, by and among The Finish Line, Inc., The Finish Line USA, Inc., The Finish Line Distribution, Inc., Finish Line Transportation Co., Inc., and Spike’s Holding, LLC as Borrowers, The Finish Line MA, Inc., as Guarantor, certain Lenders named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Lead Arranger, and Sole Book Runner.(16)
 
 
10.17
Amended and Restated Continuing Agreement of Guaranty And Suretyship—Subsidiaries, dated as of November 30, 2012, by The Finish Line MA, Inc.(17)
 
 
10.18
Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement for Mr. Glenn Lyon.(25)*
 
 
10.19
Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement for Mr. Glenn Lyon.(26)*
 
 
10.20
Form of The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Time Based Vesting.(6)*
 
 
10.21
Form of The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Performance Based Vesting.(7)*
 
 

64

Table of Contents


Exhibit
Number
Description
 
 
10.22
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Samuel M. Sato, dated as of December 31, 2008.(18)*
 
 
10.23
Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Samuel M. Sato.(10)*
 
 
10.24
Retirement Agreement, effective June 30, 2013, by and between The Finish Line, Inc. and Steven J. Schneider.(9)*
 
 
10.25
Resignation and General Release Agreement, effective December 5, 2014, between Mark S. Landau and The Finish Line, Inc.(8)*
 
 
14
Code of Ethics of The Finish Line, Inc., amended as of February 11, 2013.(19)
 
 
21
Subsidiaries of The Finish Line, Inc.
 
 
23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
 
 
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
 
 
32
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
101
The following materials from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended February 28, 2015, formatted in an XBRL Interactive Data File: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, with detailed tagging of notes and financial statement schedules.
_______________ 
(1)
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(2)
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(3)
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(4)
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(5)
Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 17, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(6)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(7)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(8)
Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 5, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(9)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 1, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(10)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(11)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 26, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(12)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 26, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(13)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 26, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

65

Table of Contents

(14)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 26, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(15)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 26, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(16)
Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 6, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(17)
Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 6, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(18)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(19)
Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(20)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(21)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(22)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 1, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(23)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 1, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(24)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 1, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(25)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 1, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(26)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 1, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
_______________
*
Management contract or compensatory plan, contract, or arrangement.



66

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE FINISH LINE, INC.
 
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
By:
/ S / E DWARD  W. W ILHELM
 
 
 
Edward W. Wilhelm,
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

67

Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature to the Annual Report on Form 10-K appears below here by constitutes and appoints Glenn S. Lyon and Edward W. Wilhelm as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said in attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute therefor, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
 
/s/ G LENN  S. L YON
 
 
 
Glenn S. Lyon,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
 
/s/ E DWARD  W. W ILHELM
 
 
 
Edward W. Wilhelm,
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
 
/s/ S AMUEL M. S ATO
 
 
 
Samuel M. Sato, Director
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
 
/s/ S TEPHEN  G OLDSMITH
 
 
 
Stephen Goldsmith, Director
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
 
/s/ W ILLIAM  P. C ARMICHAEL
 
 
 
William P. Carmichael, Director
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
 
/s/ C ATHERINE  A. L ANGHAM
 
 
 
Catherine A. Langham, Director
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
 
/s/ D OLORES  A. K UNDA
 
 
 
Dolores A. Kunda, Director
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
 
/s/ N ORMAN  H. G URWITZ
 
 
 
Norman H. Gurwitz, Director
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
 
/s/ R ICHARD  P. C RYSTAL
 
 
 
Richard P. Crystal, Director
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
 
/s/ T ORRENCE  B OONE
 
 
 
Torrence Boone, Director

68

Table of Contents

Exhibit Index
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number
Description
 
 
3.1
Restated Articles of Incorporation of The Finish Line, Inc., amended and restated as of July 23, 2009.
 
 
3.2
Bylaws of The Finish Line, Inc., amended as of July 23, 2009.
 
 
10.6
Form of Indemnity Agreement between The Finish Line, Inc. and each of its Directors or Executive Officers.
 
 
10.7
The Finish Line, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated.
 
 
10.8
The Finish Line, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
 
10.14
Form of The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement.
 
 
10.15
Form of The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
 
 
21
Subsidiaries of The Finish Line, Inc.
 
 
23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
 
 
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
 
 
32
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
101
The following materials from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended February 28, 2015, formatted in an XBRL Interactive Data File: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, with detailed tagging of notes and financial statement schedules.


69

Exhibit 3.1
Restated Articles of Incorporation
of
The Finish Line, Inc.
 
The undersigned, desiring to form a corporation (the “ Corporation ”) pursuant to the provisions of the Indiana Business Corporation Law (as amended from time to time, the “ Act ”), executes the following Articles of Incorporation.
 
Article 1     Name.
 
The name of the Corporation is The Finish Line, Inc.
 
Article 2     Purposes and Powers.
 
Section 2.01     Purposes. The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are the transaction of any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the Act.
 
Section 2.02     Powers. The Corporation shall have the same powers as an individual to do all things necessary or convenient to carry out its business and affairs, including without limitation, all the powers specifically enumerated in the Act.
 
Article 3     Term of Existence.
 
The period during which the Corporation shall continue is perpetual.
 
Article 4     Registered Agent and Registered Office.
 
The name of the registered agent and address of the registered office of the Corporation are:
 
Gary D. Cohen
3308 Mitthoeffer Road
Indianapolis, Indiana 46235
 
Article 5     Authorized Shares.
 
Section 5.01     Number of Shares. The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Eleven Million (111,000,000) shares.
 
Section 5.02     Designation of Classes, Number and Par Value of Shares. The shares of authorized capital stock shall be divided into One Million (1,000,000) Preferred Shares, as hereinafter provided (“ Preferred Shares ”), and One Hundred Ten Million (110,000,000) Common Shares, as hereinafter provided (“ Common Shares ”). The Common Shares shall have no par value, except that, solely for the purpose of any statute or regulation imposing any tax or fee based upon the capitalization of the Corporation, all of the Common Shares shall be deemed to have a par value of $.01 per Common Share.
 
Section 5.03     Rights, Privileges, Limitations and Restrictions of Preferred Shares. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is vested with authority to determine and state the designations and the relative preferences, limitations, voting rights (including the number of votes, if any, per share, as well as the number of members, if any, of the Board of Directors or the percentage of members, if any, of the Board of Directors each class or series of Preferred Shares may be entitled to elect), and other rights of the Preferred Shares and of each series of Preferred Shares by the adoption and filing in accordance with the Act, before the issuance of any Preferred Shares or series of Preferred Shares, of an amendment or amendments to these Articles of Incorporation as the same may, from time to time, be amended, determining the terms of such Preferred Shares or series of Preferred Shares (“ Preferred Shares Designation ”). All Preferred Shares of the same series shall be identical with each other in all respects. The number of authorized Preferred Shares may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors (“ Voting Shares ”) through amendment to these Articles of Incorporation, voting as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Shares or any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the Preferred Shares Designation.
 
Section 5.04   Rights, Privileges, Limitations and Restrictions of Common Shares.
 

1



Clause 5.041     Classes. The Common Shares shall consist solely of “Class A Common Shares” and “Class B Common Shares.”  The authorized number of Class A Common Shares shall be One Hundred Million (100,000,000) and the authorized number of Class B Common Shares shall be Ten Million (10,000,000); provided that the authorized number of Class A Common Shares shall be increased by any concurrent decrease determined by the Board of Directors in the authorized number of Class B Common Shares. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may authorize the issuance of Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares from time to time subject to the foregoing and to Clause 5.082(D) of Section 5.08.  The Board of Directors shall have no power to alter the rights with respect to Class A Common Shares or Class B Common Shares. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles of Incorporation, all Common Shares shall be identical and shall entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges.
 
Clause 5.042     Voting Rights. The holders of Class A Common Shares and of Class B Common Shares shall have the following voting rights:
 
A.        Each Class A Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Corporation.
 
B.        Each Class B Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to ten (10) votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Corporation; provided , however , so long as the Class A Common Shares are then listed for trading on the NASDAQ Stock Market or other national securities exchange, in the event that, as of any record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote on any matter on which the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares vote together as a single class, the aggregate vote associated with the outstanding Class B Common Shares exceeds forty-one percent (41%) of the total voting power of the Common Shares, the number of votes for each outstanding Class B Common Share for that matter shall be proportionately reduced so that the aggregate voting power of the outstanding Class B Common Shares with respect to such matter represents forty-one percent (41%) of the total voting power of the outstanding Common Shares, but in no event shall the number of votes for a Class B Common Share be reduced below one (1) vote.
 
C.        Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Shares and the holders of Class B Common Shares shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Corporation.
 
Section 5.05     Issuance of Shares. The Board of Directors has authority to authorize and direct the issuance by the Corporation of Preferred Shares and Common Shares at such times, in such amounts, to such persons, for such considerations and upon such terms and conditions as it may, from time to time, determine upon, subject only to the restrictions, limitations, conditions and requirements imposed by the Act, other applicable laws and these Articles of Incorporation, as the same may, from time to time, be amended.
 
Section 5.06     Distributions Upon Shares. Subject to the preferences applicable to Preferred Shares outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A Common Shares and the holders of Class B Common Shares shall be entitled to receive such dividends, payable in cash or otherwise, as may be declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor, provided that each Class A Common Share and Class B Common Share shall be equal in respect of rights to dividends and other distributions in cash, shares or property of the Corporation, and provided that in the case of dividends or other distributions payable in Class A Common Shares or Class B Common Shares, including distributions pursuant to share split-ups or divisions of Class A Common Shares or Class B Common Shares which occur after the first date upon which the Corporation has issued both Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares, only Class A Common Shares shall be distributed with respect to Class A Common Shares and only Class B Common Shares shall be distributed with respect to Class B Common Shares, unless the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines in its discretion that it is more desirable to distribute Class A Common Shares with respect to Class B Common Shares, in which case Class A Common Shares shall be distributed with respect to Class B Common Shares, provided that the number of Class A Common Shares that shall be distributed with respect to Class B Common Shares shall be equal to the number of Class B Common Shares that otherwise would have been distributed.
 
Section 5.07     Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of all shares having priority over the Common Shares, to share ratably in the remaining net assets of the Corporation. If, upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the assets of the Corporation distributable as aforesaid among the holders of all shares having priority over Common Shares shall be insufficient to permit full payment to them of said preferential amounts, then such assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of shares having priority over Common Shares in proportion to the respective total amounts that they shall be entitled to receive as provided in this Section 5.07.
 
Section 5.08   Class B Common Shares. 
 

2



Clause 5.081   Transfer of Class B Shares.
 
A.           Except as provided in paragraph (B) of this Clause 5.081, no person holding Class B Common Shares or any beneficial interest therein (a “ Class B Holder ”) may voluntarily or involuntarily transfer (including without limitation the power to vote the Class B Shares by proxy or otherwise), sell, assign, devise or bequeath any of such Class B Holder’s interest in his or her Class B Shares, and the Corporation and the transfer agent for the Class B Common Shares, if any (the “ Transfer Agent ”), shall not register the transfer of Class B Common Shares, whether by sale, grant of proxy, assignment, gift, devise, bequest, appointment or otherwise, except to a “ Permitted Transferee ” of a Class B Holder, which term shall include the Corporation and shall have the following additional meanings in the following cases:
 
(i)           In the case of a Class B Holder who is a natural person holding record and beneficial ownership of the Class B Common Shares in question, “Permitted Transferee” means: (a) the spouse of the Class B Holder (the “ Spouse ”); (b) a lineal descendant of a great grandparent of the Class B Holder or of the Spouse (a “ Descendant ”); (c) the trustee of a trust (including a voting trust) for the benefit of the Class B Holder, the Spouse, other Descendants, or an organization contributions to which are deductible for federal income, estate or gift tax purposes (a “ Charitable Organization ”), and for the benefit of no other person; provided that the trust may grant a general or special power of appointment to the Spouse or to the Descendants and may permit trust assets to be used to pay taxes, legacies and other obligations of the trust or of the estate of the Class B Holder payable by reason of the death of the Class B Holder or the death of the Spouse or a Descendant, and that the trust (subject to the grant of a power of appointment as provided above) must prohibit transfer of Class B Common Shares or a beneficial interest therein to persons other than Permitted Transferees as defined in subparagraph (ii) of this Clause 5.081(A) (a “ Trust ”); (d) a Charitable Organization established by the Class B Holder or a Descendant; (e) an Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, of which the Class B Holder is a participant or beneficiary, provided that the Class B Holder is vested with the power to direct the investment of funds deposited into such Individual Retirement Account and to control the voting of securities held by the Individual Retirement Account (an “ IRA ”); (f) a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which the Class B Holder is a participant or beneficiary and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code, provided that the Class B Holder is vested with the power to direct the investment of funds deposited into such plan or trust and to control the voting of securities held by such plan or trust, (a “ Plan ”); (g) a corporation all of the outstanding capital stock of which is owned by, or a partnership or limited liability company all of the partners or members of which are, the Class B Holder, the Spouse and/or other Descendants, provided that if any share (or any interest in any share) of capital stock of such a corporation (or of any survivor of a merger or consolidation of the corporation), or any partnership or membership interest in the partnership or limited liability company, is acquired by any person who is not within that class of persons, all Class  B Common Shares then held by the corporation or partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, shall be deemed without further act on anyone’s part to be converted into Class A Common Shares and share certificates formerly representing such Class B Common Shares shall thereupon and thereafter be deemed to represent the like number of Class A Common Shares in the manner set forth in Clause 5.082(B) hereof; and (h) in the event of the death of the Class B Holder, the Class B Holder’s estate and heirs.
 
(ii)           In the case of a Class B Holder holding the Class B Common Shares in question as trustee of an IRA, a Plan or a Trust other than a Trust described in subparagraph (iii) of this Clause 5.081(A),  “Permitted Transferee” means: (a) any participant in or beneficiary of the IRA, the Plan or the Trust, or the person who transferred the Class B Common Shares to the IRA, the Plan or the Trust, and (b) a Permitted Transferee of any person or persons determined pursuant to subparagraph (i) of this Clause 5.081(A).
 
(iii)           In the case of a Class B Holder holding the Class B Common Shares in question as trustee pursuant to a Trust which was irrevocable on the Record Date (as defined below), “Permitted Transferee” means any person as of the Record Date to whom or for whose benefit principal may be distributed either during or at the end of the term of the Trust whether by power of appointment or otherwise. For purposes of this Section 5.08 of these Articles of Incorporation, there shall be one “Record Date,” which date shall be the record date for determining the persons to whom the Class B Common Shares are first distributed by the Corporation.
 
(iv)           In the case of a Class B Holder holding record (but not beneficial) ownership of the Class B Common Shares in question as nominee for the person who was the beneficial owner thereof on the Record Date, “Permitted Transferee” means the beneficial owner and a Permitted Transferee of the beneficial owner determined pursuant to subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii), (v),  or (vi) of this Clause 5.081(A), as the case may be.
 
(v)           In the case of a Class B Holder that is a partnership or limited liability company holding record and beneficial ownership of the Class B Common Shares in question, “Permitted Transferee” means any partner of the partnership, provided that the partner or member was a partner or member in the partnership or limited liability company at the time it first became a Class B Holder.

3



 
(vi)           In the case of a Class B Holder that is a corporation, other than a Charitable Organization described in Clause 5.081(A)(i)(d), holding record and beneficial ownership of the Class B Common Shares in question (a “ Corporate Holder ”), “Permitted Transferee” means (a) any shareholder of the Corporate Holder as of the Record Date or any Permitted Transferee of any shareholder determined pursuant to Clause 5.081(A)(i); and (b) the survivor (the “ Survivor ”) of a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Holder, so long as the Survivor is controlled, directly or indirectly, by those shareholders of the Corporate Holder who were shareholders of the Corporate Holder as of the Record Date or any Permitted Transferees of the shareholders determined pursuant to Clause 5.081(A)(i).
 
(vii)           In the case of a Class B Holder that is the estate of a deceased Class B Holder, or which is the estate of a bankrupt or insolvent Class B Holder, and provided the deceased, bankrupt or insolvent Class B Holder, as the case may be, held record and beneficial ownership of the Class B Common Shares in question, “Permitted Transferee” means a Permitted Transferee of the deceased, bankrupt or insolvent Class B Holder as determined pursuant to subparagraphs (i), (v) or (v) of this Clause 5.081(A), as the case may be.
 
(viii)           In the case of any Class B Holder who desires to make a bona fide gift, “Permitted Transferee” means any other Class B Holder or its Permitted Transferee.
 
B.        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Class B Holder may pledge the Holder’s Class B Common Shares to a pledgee pursuant to a bona fide pledge of the shares as collateral security for indebtedness due to the pledgee, provided that the shares shall not be transferred to, registered in the name of or voted by the pledgee and shall remain subject to the provisions of this Clause 5.081. In the event of foreclosure or other similar action by the pledgee, the pledged Class B Common Shares may only be transferred to a Permitted Transferee of the pledgor or converted into Class A Common Shares, as the pledgee may elect.
 
C.        For purposes of this Clause 5.081:
 
(i)           The relationship of any person that is derived by or through legal adoption shall be considered a natural relationship.
 
(ii)           Each joint owner of shares or owner of a community property interest in Class B Common Shares shall be considered a “Class B Holder” of such shares.
 
(iii)           A minor for whom Class B Common Shares are held pursuant to a Uniform Transfer to Minors Act or similar law shall be considered a Class B Holder of such shares.
 
(iv)           Unless otherwise specified, the term “person” means and includes natural persons, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, unincorporated associations, firms, joint ventures, trusts and all other entities.
 
D.        Except as otherwise provided in Clause 5.082(B) any purported transfer of Class B Common Shares not permitted hereunder shall be void and of no effect, and the purported transferee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Corporation and no other rights against or with respect to the Corporation. The Corporation may, as a condition to the transfer or the registration of transfer of Class B Common Shares to a purported Permitted Transferee, require the furnishing of affidavits or other proof as it deems necessary to establish that the transferee is a Permitted Transferee. The certificate representing Class B Common Shares shall be endorsed with a legend that states that Class B Common Shares are not transferable other than to certain transferees and are subject to certain restrictions as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation filed by the corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Indiana.
 
Clause 5.082   Conversion of Class B Common Shares.
 
A.        Each Class B Common Share, at the option of its holder, may at any time be converted into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable Class A Common Share, subject to adjustment as set forth in paragraph F of this Clause 5.082. Such right shall be exercised by the surrender of the certificate representing the Class B Common Share to be converted to the Corporation at any time during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Corporation or at the office of the Transfer Agent, accompanied by a written notice of the election by the holder thereof to convert and (if so required by the Corporation or the Transfer Agent) by instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation and to the Transfer Agent, duly executed by the holder or the holder’s duly authorized attorney, and transfer tax stamps or funds therefor, if required pursuant to paragraph H of this Clause 5.082.
 

4



B.        If the beneficial ownership (as determined under Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of any Class B Common Share or any interest in any Class B Common Share changes, voluntarily or involuntarily, such that each new beneficial owner of the Class B Common Share is not a “Permitted Transferee” (as defined in Clause 5.081A(A) hereof) of the beneficial owner of the Class B Common Share immediately prior to the change in beneficial ownership, then each Class B Common Share held by a person who is not a Permitted Transferee shall thereupon be converted automatically into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable Class A Common Share (subject to adjustment as set forth in paragraph F of this Clause 5.082). A determination by the Secretary of the Corporation that a change in beneficial ownership requires conversion under this paragraph shall be conclusive. Upon making this determination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall promptly request from the holder of record of each Class B Common Share that each holder promptly deliver, and each holder shall promptly deliver, the certificate representing each Class B Common Share to the Corporation for conversion hereunder, together with instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation and Transfer Agent, duly executed by the holder or the holder’s duly authorized attorney, and together with transfer tax stamps or funds therefor, if required pursuant to paragraph H of this Clause 5.082.
 
C.        If a holder of Class B Common Shares acquires those shares on or after July 23, 2009, at a time when he was an employee or director of the Corporation or of any of its majority-owned or wholly-owned subsidiaries (the “ Subsidiaries ”), upon the death of such person or the termination of his or her employment or service with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, then each Class B Common Share held by such person or by his Permitted Transferees shall thereupon be converted automatically into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable Class A Common Share (subject to adjustment as set forth in paragraph F of this Clause 5.082). A determination by the Secretary of the Corporation that the death or termination of employment or service of an employee or director, respectively, of the Corporation requires conversion under this paragraph shall be conclusive. Upon making this determination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall promptly request from the holder of record of each Class B Common Share (or personal representative in the event of the holder’s death) that each holder (or personal representative in the event of the holder’s death) promptly deliver, and each holder (or personal representative in the event of the holder’s death) shall promptly deliver, the certificate representing each Class B Common Share to the Corporation for conversion hereunder, together with instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation and Transfer Agent, duly executed by the holder or the holder’s duly authorized attorney or personal representative, and together with transfer tax stamps or funds therefor, if required pursuant to paragraph H of this Clause 5.082.
 
D.        On the day after the date of the annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation to be held in 2012, each Class B Common Share then issued or outstanding shall thereupon be converted automatically into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable Class A Common Share (subject to adjustment as set forth in paragraph F of this Clause 5.082), and each Class B Common Share then authorized but unissued shall thereupon automatically be deemed an authorized but unissued Class A Common Share (subject to adjustment as set forth in paragraph F of this Clause 5.082). As promptly as practicable on and after such date, the Secretary of the Corporation shall promptly request from each holder of record of Class B Common Shares that each holder promptly deliver, and each holder shall promptly deliver, certificates representing all Class B Common Shares held by the holder to the Corporation for conversion hereunder, together with instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Corporation and Transfer Agent, duly executed by the holder or the holder’s duly authorized attorney, and together with transfer tax stamps or funds therefor, if required pursuant to paragraph H of this Clause 5.082.
 
E.        As promptly as practicable following the surrender for conversion of a certificate representing Class B Common Shares in the manner provided in paragraphs A, B, C or D, as applicable, of this Clause 5.082 and the payment in cash of any amount required by the provisions of paragraph H of this Clause 5.082, the Corporation will deliver or cause to be delivered at the office of the Transfer Agent to or upon the written order of the holder of the certificate, a certificate or certificates representing the number of full shares of Class A Common Shares issuable upon conversion, issued in the name or names as the holder may direct. In the case of a conversion under paragraph A of this Clause 5.082, the conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of the surrender of the certificate representing Class B Common Shares. In the case of a conversion under paragraphs B and C of this Clause 5.082, the conversion shall be deemed to have been made on the date that the beneficial ownership of the share has changed as set forth in paragraph B or paragraph C, as applicable. In the case of a conversion under paragraph D of this Clause 5.082, the conversion shall be deemed to have occurred on the day after the date of the annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation held in 2012. Upon the date any conversion under paragraph A of this Clause 5.082 is made, all rights of the holder of the shares as such holder shall cease, and the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates representing the Class A Common Shares are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of the Class A Common Shares; provided, however, that any such surrender and payment on any date when the share transfer books of the Corporation shall be closed shall constitute the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates representing Class A Common Shares are to be issued as the record holder or holders thereof for all purposes immediately prior to the close of business on the next succeeding day on which share transfer books are open. Upon the date any conversion under paragraph B or paragraph C of this Clause 5.082 is made, all rights of the holder of the shares as such holder shall cease and the new beneficial owner or owners of the shares shall be treated for all purposes

5



as having become the record holder or holders of the Class A Common Shares. Upon the date any conversion under paragraph D of this Clause 5.082 is made, all rights of the holders of Class B Common Shares shall cease, and the holders shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holders of Class A Common Shares at that time but the Class B Common Shares shall be entitled to vote the Class B Common Shares at any adjournments of the annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation to be held in 2012.
 
F.        In the event that the Corporation shall issue Class A Common Shares to the holders of Class A Common Shares as a share dividend or share split, or in the event that the Corporation reduces the number of outstanding Class A Common Shares in a reverse share split or share combination, then the number of Class A Common Shares issuable upon conversion of a Class B Common Share shall be adjusted such that the holder of the Class  B Common Shares shall receive the number of Class A Common Shares that such holder would have received if the conversion had occurred immediately prior to the record date for the share split, share dividend, reverse share split or share combination of the Class A Common Shares, as the case may be. In the event that the Corporation shall issue Class B Common Shares to the holders of Class B Common Shares as a share dividend or share split, or in the event that the Corporation reduces the number of outstanding Class B Common Shares in a reverse share split or share combination, then the number of Class A Common Shares issuable upon conversion of a Class B Common Share shall be adjusted such that the holder of Class B Common Shares shall receive the number of Class A Common Shares that the holder would have received if the conversion had occurred immediately prior to the record date for the share split, share dividend, reverse share split or share combination of the Class B Common Shares, as the case may be. In the event of a reclassification or other similar transaction as a result of which the Class A Common Shares are converted into another security, then the number of that security issuable upon conversion of a Class B Common Share shall be determined such that the holder of the Class B Common Shares shall receive the number of that security that the holder would have received if the conversion had occurred immediately prior to the record date of such reclassification or other similar transaction. No adjustments in respect of dividends (other than share dividends) shall be made upon the conversion of any Class B Common Share, provided, however, that if a share shall be converted subsequent to the record date for the payment of a dividend (other than a share dividend) or other distribution on Class B Common Shares but prior to payment, then the registered holder of the share at the close of business on the record date shall be entitled to receive the dividend (other than a share dividend) or other distribution payable on the share on that date notwithstanding the conversion thereof or the Corporation’s default in payment of the dividend (other than a share dividend) due on such date.
 
G.        The Corporation covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for the purpose of issue upon conversion of the outstanding Class B Common Shares, such number of Class A Common Shares as shall be issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding Class B Common Shares, provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of the conversion of the outstanding Class B Common Shares by delivery of purchased Class A Common Shares which are held by the Corporation. The Corporation covenants that if any Class A Common Shares required to be reserved for purposes of conversion hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before the Class A Common Shares may be issued upon conversion, the Corporation will cause the shares to be duly registered or approved, as the case may be. The Corporation will endeavor to list the Class A Common Shares required to be delivered upon conversion prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange upon which the outstanding Class A Common Shares are listed at the time of such delivery. The Corporation covenants that all Class A Common Shares that shall be issued upon conversion of the fully paid and nonassessable Class B Common Shares will, upon issue, be fully paid and nonassessable.
 
H.        The issuance of certificates for Class A Common Shares upon conversion of Class B Common Shares shall be made without charge for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance. However, if any certificate is to be issued in a name other than that of the holder of the Class B Common Shares converted, then the person or persons requesting the issuance thereof shall pay to the Corporation the amount of any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in such issuance or shall establish to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid.
 
Section 5.09     Acquisition of Shares. The Board of Directors has authority to authorize and direct the acquisition by the Corporation of the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares and Common Shares at such times, in such amounts, from such persons, for such considerations, from such sources and upon such terms and conditions as it may, from time to time, determine upon, subject only to the restrictions, limitations, conditions and requirements imposed by the Act, other applicable laws and these Articles of Incorporation, as the same may, from time to time, be amended.
 
Section 5.10     No Pre-emptive Rights. The holders of the Common Shares and the holders of the Preferred Shares or any series of the Preferred Shares shall have no pre-emptive rights to subscribe to or purchase any Common Shares, Preferred Shares or other securities of the Corporation.
 
Section 5.11     Record Ownership of Shares or Rights. The Corporation, to the extent permitted by law, shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share or right of the Corporation is registered on the books of the Corporation as the owner

6



thereof for all purposes, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or any other claim to, or interest in, such share or right on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice thereof.
 
Article 6     Directors.
 
Section 6.01     Number. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as specified in the Bylaws of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period in which the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Shares, voting as a class, shall be entitled to elect a specified number of directors by reason of dividend arrearages or other contingencies giving them the right to do so, then and during such time as such right continues, (A) the then otherwise authorized number of directors shall be increased by such specified number of directors and the holders of the series of Preferred Shares, voting as a class, shall be entitled to elect such specified number of directors in accordance with the provisions of the Preferred Shares; (B) each additional director shall serve until the next annual meeting at which the term of office of his or her class shall expire and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, or until his or her right to hold such office terminates pursuant to the provisions of the Preferred Shares or series, whichever occurs earlier. Whenever the holders of a series of Preferred Shares are divested of the right to elect directors pursuant to the provisions of the Preferred Shares or series, the terms of office of all directors elected by the holders of the series of Preferred Shares pursuant to such provisions, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation or removal of directors so elected by the holders of the Preferred Shares or series, shall forthwith terminate and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced accordingly.
 
Section 6.02     No Cumulative Voting. There shall be no cumulative voting by shareholders of any class or series in the election of directors of the Corporation.
 
Section 6.03     Removal . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Shares then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors whose removal is not sought and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. For purposes of this Section 6.03, removal for cause shall be limited to matters relating to a director’s personal dishonesty, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit.
 
Section 6.04     Shareholder Nomination of Director Candidates and Introduction of Business. Advance notice of shareholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by shareholders before any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Corporation’s Bylaws.
 
Section 6.05     Liability of Directors. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for his or her conduct as a director except to the extent provided in I.C. §23-1-35-1 as of July 1, 2004.  No amendment or repeal of this Section nor the adoption of any provision of the Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section nor a change in law shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director which is based upon this Section and arises from conduct that occurred prior to the time of the amendment, repeal, adoption or change.  If the Act is amended, after July 1, 2004 to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors of the Corporation, then the liability of directors of the Corporation shall immediately on the effective date of that amendment be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Act as so amended.
 
Article 7     Incorporator.
 
The name and post office address of the Incorporator of the Corporation are as follows:
 
Gary D. Cohen
3308 Mitthoeffer Road
Indianapolis, IN  46235
 
Article 8     Provisions for Regulation of Business and Conduct of Affairs of Corporation.
 
Section 8.01     Amendments of Articles of Incorporation. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 8.02 hereof, the Corporation reserves the right to increase or decrease the number of its authorized shares, or any class or series thereof, and to reclassify the same, and to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in these Articles of Incorporation, or any amendment hereto, or to add any provision to these Articles of Incorporation or to any amendment hereto, in any manner now or hereafter prescribed or permitted by the Act or any other applicable laws, and all rights and powers conferred upon shareholders, directors and/or officers in these Articles of Incorporation, or any amendment hereto, are granted subject to this reserve power. No shareholder has a vested property right resulting from any provision in these Articles of Incorporation, or any amendment

7



hereto, or authorized to be in the Bylaws of the Corporation or these Articles of Incorporation by the Act, including, without limitation, provisions relating to management, control, capital structure, dividend entitlement, or purpose or duration of the Corporation.
 
Section 8.02     Certain Amendments . Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation to the contrary and notwithstanding that a lesser vote or no vote may be specified by law, but, in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Corporation’s shares required by law or any Preferred Share Designation:
 
Clause 8.021    the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding voting shares, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Section 8.04 or Article 9;
 
Clause 8.022    the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding voting shares, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any other provision in these Articles of Incorporation; provided, however, that the amendment shall require only the affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation if the amendment shall have been approved by at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board of Directors and, if there is an Interested Shareholder, two-thirds (2/3) of the Continuing Directors; provided, however, that this condition shall not be capable of satisfaction unless there are at least three (3) Continuing Directors.
 
Section 8.03     Action by Shareholders. Meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Indiana, as may be specified in the Bylaws of the Corporation or in the respective notices, or waivers of notice, thereof. No shareholder action may be taken by written consent.
 
Section 8.04     Regulation of Certain Transactions. The following provisions are intended to establish procedures to regulate transactions that would, when consummated, result in a change in control of the Corporation as authorized by IC 23-1-22-4. If there is an Interested Shareholder (as that term is defined in Clause 9.037)  then:
 
Clause 8.041    Any proposal by the Board of Directors to remove a director shall require, in addition to the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Continuing Directors (as that term is defined in Clause 9.034).
 
Clause 8.042    Any amendment to the Bylaws of the Corporation to provide that Chapter 42 of the Act (Control Share Acquisitions) shall not apply shall require the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors in addition to any other approval required to amend the Bylaws.
 
Clause 8.043    Any other amendment to the Bylaws of the Corporation shall require the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors in addition to any other approval required to amend the Bylaws.
 
Clause 8.044    A proposal by the Board of Directors to amend the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation shall require, in addition to approval of the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors; provided, however, that this condition shall not be capable of satisfaction unless there are at least three (3) Continuing Directors.

  Article 9    Provisions for Certain Business Combinations.
 
Section 9.01     Vote Required.
 
Clause 9.011    Higher Vote for Certain Business Combinations. Unless (A) the transaction was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) before the Interested Shareholder (as hereinafter defined) became an Interested Shareholder, or (B) (i) the purchase of shares made by the Interested Shareholder was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors before the date the person became an Interested Shareholder and (ii) the transaction was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors before the transaction was consummated, then in addition to any affirmative vote required by Chapter 43 of the Act or as otherwise required by law or by these Articles of Incorporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 9.02 of this Article 9:
 

8



 
(1)
any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (A) any Interested Shareholder (as hereinafter defined), or (B) any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (whether or not itself an Interested Shareholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Shareholder; or
 
(2)
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder, of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value equaling or exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries; or
 
(3)
the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value equaling or exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries except pursuant to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof; or
 
(4)
the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder; or
 
(5)
any reclassification of securities (including any share split, share dividend, other distribution of shares in respect of shares, or any reverse share split) or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any   other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving any Interested Shareholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class or series of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which is Beneficially Owned (as hereinafter defined) directly or indirectly by any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding voting shares, voting together as a single class. This affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding that any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation, or Chapter 43 of the Act or any other provision of law, or any Preferred Share Designation, or any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote.
 
Clause 9.012     Definition of “Business Combination.”   The term “Business Combination” as used in this Article 9 shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of paragraphs (1) through (5) of Clause 9.011 of this Section 9.01.
 
Section 9.02     When Higher Vote is Not Required. The provisions of Section 9.01 of this Article 9 shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and that Business Combination shall require only the affirmative vote as is required by Chapter 43 of the Act, any other provision of law, any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation and any Preferred Share Designation and the passage of the five (5) year period specified in IC 23-1-43-18(a), if, in the case of a Business Combination that does not involve any cash or other consideration being received by the shareholders of the Corporation, solely in their capacity as shareholders of the Corporation, the condition specified in the following Clause 9.021 is met or, in the case of any other Business Combination, the conditions specified in either of the following Clause 9.021 or Clause 9.022 are met:
 
Clause 9.021     Approval by Continuing Directors. The Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined); provided, however, that this condition shall not be capable of satisfaction unless there are at least three Continuing Directors.
 
Clause 9.022     Price and Procedure Requirements. All of the following conditions shall have been met:
 

9



 
(1)
The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class (or series) of outstanding shares (including Common Shares) shall be in cash or in the same form as the Interested Shareholder or any of its Affiliates has previously paid for shares of such class (or series). If the Interested Shareholder or any of its Affiliates has paid for shares of any class (or series) with varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration to be received per share by holders of shares of such class (or series) shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number of shares of such class (or series) previously acquired by the Interested Shareholder.
 
(2)
The aggregate amount of (x) the cash and (y) the Fair Market Value as of the date (the “ Consummation Date ”) of the consummation of the Business Combination, of the consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of Common Shares in the Business Combination shall be at least equal to the higher of the following (in each case appropriately adjusted in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination of shares or similar event):
 
(a)
(if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by the Interested Shareholder or any of its Affiliates for any Common Shares acquired by them within the two-year period immediately prior to the date of the first public announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination (the “ Announcement Date ”) or in any transaction in which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher; plus, in either case, interest compounded annually from the earliest date on which the highest per share acquisition price was paid through the Consummation Date at the rate for one year United States Treasury obligations from time to time in effect; less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid and the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid other than in cash, per common share since the earliest date, up to the amount of the interest; and
 
(b)
the Fair Market Value per share of Common Shares on the Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (the “ Determination Date ”), whichever is higher; plus, in either case, interest compounded annually from the earliest date on which the highest per share acquisition price was paid through the Consummation Date at the rate for one year United States Treasury obligations from time to time in effect; less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid and the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid other than in cash, per common share since the earliest date, up to the amount of the interest.
 
(3)
The aggregate amount of (x) the cash and (y) the Fair Market Value, as of the Consummation Date, of the consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any class (or series), other than Common Shares, of outstanding shares of the Corporation shall be at least equal to the highest of the following (in each case appropriately adjusted in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination of shares or similar event), it being intended that the requirements of this subparagraph (3) shall be required to be met with respect to every such class (or series) of outstanding shares whether or not the Interested Shareholder or any of its Affiliates has previously acquired any shares of a particular class (or series):

10



 
(a)
(if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by the Interested Shareholder or any of its Affiliates for any shares of such class (or series) acquired by them within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date or in any transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher; plus, in either case, interest compounded annually from the earliest date on which the highest per share acquisition price was paid through the Consummation Date at the rate for one year United States Treasury obligations from time to time in effect; less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid and the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid other than in cash, per common share since the earliest date, up to the amount of the interest;
 
(b)
the Fair Market Value per share of such class (or series) on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher; plus, in either case, interest compounded annually from the earliest date on which the highest per share acquisition price was paid through the Consummation Date at the rate for one year United States Treasury obligations from time to time in effect; less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends and the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid other than in cash, per common share since the earliest date, up to the amount of the interest; and
 
(c)
(if applicable) the highest preferential amount per share, if any, to which the holders of shares of such class (or series) would be entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; plus the aggregate amount of any dividends declared or due as to which the holders are entitled before payment of dividends on some other class or series of shares (unless the aggregate amount of the dividends is included in the preferential amount).
 
(4)
After such Interested Shareholder has become an Interested Shareholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination:  (a) except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding Preferred Shares; (b) there shall have been (i) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on the Common Shares (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Shares), except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, and (ii) an increase in such annual rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any reclassification (including any reverse share split), recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding Common Shares, unless the failure so to increase such annual rate is approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; and (c) neither such Interested Shareholder nor any of its Affiliates shall have become the beneficial owner of any additional voting shares except as part of the transaction which results in such Interested Shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder; provided, however, that no approval by Continuing Directors shall satisfy the requirements of this subparagraph (4) unless at the time of such approval there are at least three Continuing Directors.
 
(5)
After such Interested Shareholder has become an Interested Shareholder, such Interested Shareholder and any of its Affiliates shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately, solely in such Interested Shareholder’s or Affiliate’s capacity as a Shareholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the Corporation, whether in anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise.

11



 
(6)
A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Exchange Act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed to all shareholders of the Corporation at least thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Exchange Act or subsequent provisions).
 
(7)
Such Interested Shareholder shall have provided the Corporation with such information as shall have been requested pursuant to Section 9.05 of this Article 9 within the time period set forth therein.
 
Section 9.03     Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Article 9:
 
Clause 9.031    “Affiliate” or “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Clause 9.032    A person shall be a “beneficial owner” of any voting shares and the voting shares shall be “Beneficially Owned” by the person:
 
(i)           which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates (as hereinafter defined) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or
 
(ii)           which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (a) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise (however, a person is not considered the beneficial owner of shares tendered under a tender or exchange offer made by the person or any of the person’s Affiliates or Associates until the tendered shares are accepted for purchase or exchange), or (b) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but neither such person nor any such Affiliate or Associate shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of shareholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, and with respect to which shares neither such person nor any such Affiliate or Associate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or
 
(iii)           which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, by any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (other than solely by reason of a revocable proxy as described in subparagraph (ii) of this Clause 9.032) or disposing of any voting shares; provided, however, that in the case of any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or of any Subsidiary in which the beneficiaries thereof possess the right to vote any voting shares held by such plan, no such plan nor any trustee with respect thereto (nor any Affiliate of such trustee), solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, shall be deemed, for any purpose hereof, to beneficially own any voting shares held under any such plan.
 
Clause 9.033    In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation survives, the phrase “consideration other than cash to be received” as used in Clause 9.022(2) and Clause 9.022(3) of Section 9.02 of this Article 9 shall include the Common Shares and/or the shares of any other class (or series) of outstanding shares retained by the holders of those shares.
 
Clause 9.034    “Continuing Director” for purposes of this Article 9 means any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who is unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and was a member of the Board prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors or who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board.
 
Clause 9.035            “Fair Market Value” means: (i) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share on the composite tape for New York Stock Exchange listed shares, or, if the shares are not quoted on the composite tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if the shares are not listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, on which the shares are listed, or, if the shares are not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question on the National Association of Securities Dealers,

12



Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then in use, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share as determined by the Board in accordance with Section 9.04 of this Article 9, in each case with respect to any class of shares, appropriately adjusted for any dividend or distribution in shares or any combination or reclassification of outstanding shares into a smaller number of shares; and (ii) in the case of property other than cash or shares, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined by the Board in accordance with Section 9.04 of this Article 9.

Clause 9.036    Reference to “highest per share price” shall in each case with respect to any class of shares reflect an appropriate adjustment for any dividend or distribution in shares or any share split or reclassification of outstanding shares into a greater number of shares or any combination or reclassification of outstanding shares into a smaller number of shares.
 
Clause 9.037    “Interested Shareholder” means any person (other than the Corporation, any Subsidiary or any person who would otherwise be deemed to be an Interested Shareholder on the date on which these Restated Articles of Incorporation became effective) who or which:
 
(i)           is the beneficial owner (as hereinafter defined), directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting shares; or
 
(ii)           is an Affiliate or an Associate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting shares; or
 
(iii)           is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any voting shares which were at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question Beneficially Owned by any Interested Shareholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
Clause 9.038    For the purposes of determining whether a person is an Interested Shareholder pursuant to Clause 9.037 of this Section 9.03, the number of voting shares deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through application of Clause 9.032 of this Section 9.03 but shall not include any other unissued voting shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
 
Clause 9.039    A “person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a limited liability company, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.
 
Clause 9.0310    “Subsidiary” means any corporation or limited liability company of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of Interested Shareholder set forth in Clause 9.037 of this Section 9.03, the term “Subsidiary” shall mean only a corporation or limited liability company of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.
 
Section 9.04     Powers of the Board of Directors. A majority of the total number of directors of the Corporation, but only if a majority of the directors shall then consist of Continuing Directors or, if a majority of the total number of directors shall not then consist of Continuing Directors, a majority of the then Continuing Directors, shall have the power and duty to determine, in good faith, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to determine compliance with this Article 9, including, without limitation, (a) whether a person is an Interested Shareholder, (b) the number of voting shares Beneficially Owned by any person, (c) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (d) whether the applicable conditions set forth in Clause 9.022 of Section 9.02 have been met with respect to any Business Combination, (e) the Fair Market Value of shares or other property in accordance with Clause 9.035 of Section 9.03 of this Article 9, and (f) whether the assets which are the subject of any Business Combination referred to in Clause 9.011(2) of Section 9.01 have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business Combination referred to in Clause 9.011(3) of Section 9.01 has, an aggregate Fair Market Value equaling or exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries.
 
Section 9.05     Information to be Supplied to the Corporation. A majority of the total number of directors of the Corporation, but only if a majority of the directors shall then consist of Continuing Directors or, if a majority of the total number of directors shall not then consist of Continuing Directors, a majority of the then Continuing Directors, shall have the right to demand that any person who it is reasonably believed is an Interested Shareholder (or holder of record of voting shares Beneficially Owned by any Interested Shareholder) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares Beneficially Owned by such person who it is reasonably believed is an Interested Shareholder, (ii) the number of, and class or

13



series of, shares Beneficially Owned by such person who it is reasonably believed is an Interested Shareholder and held of record by each such record owner and the number(s) of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares, and (iii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Article 9, as may be reasonably requested of such person, and such person shall furnish such information within ten (10) days after receipt of such demand.
 
Section 9.06     No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested Shareholders. Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be construed to relieve any Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.
 
Section 9.07     Redemption of Shares Acquired in Control Share Acquisitions. If and whenever the provisions of Chapter 42 of the Act apply to the Corporation, the Corporation is authorized to redeem its securities pursuant to IC 23-1-42-10.
 
Article 10     Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees.
 
Section 10.01     Nature of Indemnity. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if:
 
  (i)  he or she acted (or failed to take action) in good faith; and

  (ii)  he or she reasonably believed his or her conduct was in the Corporation’s best interest or was at least not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; and

  (iii)  in the case of a criminal proceeding, he or she either:  (a) had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful; or (b) had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, be determinative that the person did not meet the standard of conduct specified in this Article 10.

Section 10.02     Successful Defense. To the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 10.01 hereof or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.
 
Section 10.03     Determination that Indemnification is Proper. Any indemnification of a director or officer of the Corporation under Section 10.01 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification of the director or officer is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 10.01 hereof. Any indemnification of an employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 10.01 hereof (unless ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 10.01 hereof. Any such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not at the time parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, by a majority vote of a committee (designated by the board of directors) consisting of two (2) or more directors not at the time parties to the proceeding, (iii) by special legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the shareholders.
 
Section 10.04     Advance Payment of Expenses. Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding if:  (i) the Corporation receives a written affirmation of the director or officer’s good faith belief that the director or officer has met the standard of care described in Section 10.01; (ii) the Corporation receives an unconditional written undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article; and (iii) a determination is made that the facts known to those making

14



the determination would not preclude indemnification under this Article. The expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s counsel to represent the director, officer, employee or agent in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.
 
Section 10.05     Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers. Any indemnification of a director or officer of the Corporation under Section 10.01 and Section 10.02 or advance of costs, charges and expenses to a director or officer under Section 10.04 shall be made promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) days, upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the Corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article is required, and the Corporation fails to respond within sixty (60) days to a written request for indemnity, the Corporation shall be deemed to have approved such request. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnity or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within thirty (30) days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. The person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expense under Section 10.04 of this Article where the required affirmation and undertaking, if any, have been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 10.01 of this Article, but the burden of proving this defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 10.01 of this Article 10, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
 
Section 10.06     Survival; Preservation of Other Rights. The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Act are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit, or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. This contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of the director, officer, employee or agent.
 
The indemnification provided by this Article 10 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
Section 10.07     Severability. If this Article 10 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
 
Section 10.08     Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against or incurred by the individual in that capacity or arising from the individual’s status as a director, officer, employee or agent, whether or not the Corporation would have power to indemnify the individual against the same liability under this Article.
 
Section 10.09     Additional Definitions. For purposes of this Article, references to the “Corporation” shall include any domestic or foreign predecessor entity of the Corporation in a merger or other transaction in which the predecessor’s existence ceased upon consummation of the transaction.
 
For purposes of this Article, serving an employee benefit plan at the request of the Corporation shall include any service as a director or officer of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries. A person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably

15



believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” referred to in this Article.
 
For purposes of this Article, “party” includes any individual who is or was a plaintiff, defendant or respondent in any action, suit or proceeding, or who is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in any action, suit or proceeding.
 
For purposes of this Article, “official capacity,” when used with respect to a director, shall mean the office of director of the Corporation; and when used with respect to an individual other than a director, shall mean the office in the Corporation held by the officer or the employment or agency relationship undertaken by the employee or agent on behalf of the Corporation. “Official capacity” does not include service for any other foreign or domestic corporation or limited liability company or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for profit or not.
 
Section 10.10     Business Expense. Any payments made to any indemnified party under this Article or under any other right to indemnification shall be deemed to be an ordinary and necessary business expense of the Corporation, and payment thereof shall not subject any person responsible for the payment, or the Board of Directors, to any action for corporate waste or to any similar action.
 
In Witness Whereof the undersigned authorized officer of the Corporation has executed these Restated Articles of Incorporation.


 
 
/s/ STEVEN J. SCHNEIDER
 
 
Steven J. Schneider





16


Exhibit 3.2
Bylaws
of
The Finish Line, Inc.

Amended as of July 23, 2009
Article 1.    General Provisions, Definitions and Construction
Section 1.1     Bylaws. This instrument constitutes the code of bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) of The Finish Line, Inc., an Indiana corporation (the “ Corporation ”).
Section 1.2     Adoption by Board. These Bylaws have been adopted by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ” or the “ Board of Directors ”) of the Corporation.
Section 1.3     Corporation Law. As used throughout these Bylaws, the “ Corporation Law ” means the Indiana Business Corporation Law, as amended.
Section 1.4     Capitalized Terms. Certain terms are defined in these Bylaws and are capitalized to indicate that they are defined terms. Certain titles of officers or official bodies of the Corporation are also presented as capitalized terms in these Bylaws, but without being specifically defined herein.
Section 1.5     References to Terms. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references in these Bylaws to words or terms such as officers, directors, board, board of directors, committees, shareholders, shares of stock or other securities, meetings, articles of incorporation, minutes of meetings, consents, records, or other persons, positions, actions or documents, whether the references in these Bylaws are to words or terms that are capitalized or in the lower case, shall be construed as referring to the Corporation even though the words “of the Corporation” or words of similar import do not follow or modify the particular noun, verb or other subject in question.
Article 2.    Fiscal Year and Corporate Seal
Section 2.1     Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the “Retail” calendar and shall end on the Saturday closest to the last day of February.
Section 2.2     Seal. The Board may cause the Corporation to obtain and use a corporate seal, in such design as shall be designated by the Board, but the failure of the Board to cause the Corporation to obtain or use a corporate seal shall not affect in any way the validity or effect of any document issued or executed, or any action taken, by the Corporation.
Article 3.    Shares
Section 3.1     Consideration for Shares. The Board may authorize the Corporation to issue its shares or other securities (collectively referred to in these Bylaws as “ shares ”) for consideration consisting of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the Corporation, including, but not limited to, cash, promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be performed, or other securities of the Corporation. However, if shares are issued for promissory notes or for promises to render services in the future, the Corporation shall report in writing to the shareholders the number of shares authorized to be so issued with or before notice of the next shareholders’ meeting. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the Board as to the value of such property, labor, or services received as consideration for shares, or the value placed by the Board upon the Corporation’s assets in the event of a share dividend, shall be conclusive.
Section 3.2     Subscriptions for Shares. Subscriptions for shares shall be paid to the Corporation at such time or times, in such installments or calls, and upon such terms, as shall be determined, from time to time, by the Board. Any call made by the Board for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform, so far as practicable, as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series, as the case may be, unless the subscription agreements provide otherwise.
Section 3.3     Payment for Shares. When payment of the consideration for which shares were authorized to be issued shall have been received by the Corporation, the shares shall be fully paid and not liable to any further call or assessment, and the holder thereof shall not be liable for any further payments thereon.
Section 3.4.     Form. The Corporation may issue its shares in certificated or in uncertificated form as may be determined by the Board of Directors.
Section 3.5     Certificated Shares. When shares are issued in certificated form, each shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate stating: (i) the name of the Corporation and a statement that it is organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, (ii) the name of the registered holder, (iii) the number of shares represented thereby and the kind and class thereof, and (iv) whether the shares have been fully paid and are nonassessable. Certificates for shares shall be in such form as the Board may, from time to time, by resolution approve.
Section 3.6     Uncertificated Shares. Where uncertificated shares are issued, they shall be entered on the books of the Corporation in alphabetical order in accordance with the name of the registered owner, the number and class of shares (and series, if any). All such information as well as the name of the Corporation shall be set forth on the initial transaction statement sent to the registered owner and to the registered pledgee, if any.
Section 3.7     Transfer of Shares.

1



(a)     Certificated. Subject to the Articles of Incorporation and any applicable shareholder agreement or other instruments restricting the transfer of shares, the shares shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation, and it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate and cancel the old certificate, upon surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares and upon compliance with or satisfaction of the following requirements:
(i)    the certificate(s) must be properly endorsed by the registered holder or the holder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact;
(ii)    the endorsement or endorsements must be witnessed by one witness unless this requirement is waived in writing upon the form of endorsement by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary;
(iii)    the Corporation must not have notice of any adverse claims or must have discharged any duty to inquire into any such claims of which it does have notice;
(iv)    the requirements of any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes must be satisfied; and
(v)    any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation, not inconsistent with the relevant law, must be satisfied.
(b)     Uncertificated. Subject to the Articles of Incorporation and any applicable shareholder agreement or other instruments restricting the transfer of shares, the shares shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation, and it shall be the duty of the Corporation to send an initial transaction statement to the registered owner and to the registered pledgee, if any and cancel any prior entry upon presentation of an instruction to transfer an uncertificated security, and upon compliance with or satisfaction of the following requirements:
(i)    the instruction must be accompanied by such assurances as the Corporation or the Transfer Agent may require as to the genuineness and effectiveness of each necessary signature;
(ii)    the instruction must provide satisfactory evidence of compliance with all applicable laws relating to the collection of taxes; and
(iii)    any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation, not inconsistent with the relevant law, must be satisfied.
Section 3.8     Signatures. Share certificates shall signed by the President and Secretary (or other appropriate officers). Initial transaction statements for uncertificated shares shall be signed by the Secretary. If the certificate or initial transaction statement is countersigned by the written signature of a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. If the certificate or initial transaction statement is countersigned by the written signature of a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the transfer agent and the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate or initial transaction statement shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate or initial transaction statement is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.
Section 3.9     Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Corporation may have one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars of its shares, whose respective duties the Board may from time to time define. No certificate for shares shall be valid until countersigned by a transfer agent if the Corporation has a transfer agent, or until registered by a registrar if the Corporation has a registrar.
Section 3.10     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. When a certificate for shares has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the holder of record fails to notify the Corporation within a reasonable time after such holder has notice of such event, and the Corporation registers a transfer of the shares represented by the certificate before receiving such notification, the holder of record is precluded from making any claim against the Corporation on account of the transfer of the shares or for a new certificate. The Corporation may issue a new certificate for shares in the place of any certificate for shares previously issued if the holder of record of the certificate previously issued does the following:
(a)    Makes proof in affidavit form that the certificate has been lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken.
(b)     Requests the issue of a new certificate before the Corporation has notice that the certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of any adverse claim.
(c)    If the Corporation so requires, gives a bond in such form, and with such surety or sureties, with fixed or open penalty, as the Corporation may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction, or theft of the certificates.
(d)    Satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.
Article 4.    Meetings of Shareholders
Section 4.1     Place of Meetings. All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Indiana, as may be designated by the Board. If no place is otherwise designated, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation as the same is designated in the most recent report filed with the Secretary of State of Indiana.
Section 4.2     Annual Meeting. The shareholders shall meet at least once each fiscal year. The annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting,

2



shall be on or before the last day of the succeeding fiscal year, with the specific date of the meeting to be set by the Board. Failure to hold the annual meeting at the designated time shall not work any forfeiture or a dissolution of the Corporation.
Section 4.3     Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders may only be called by a majority of the members of the Board.
Section 4.4     Record Date. The Board may, in its discretion, fix a record date that is not more than seventy (70) days prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders as the date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting. All persons who are holders of record of shares at the close of business on such record date, and no others, shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.
Section 4.5     Addresses of Shareholders. The address of any shareholder appearing on the records of the Corporation shall be deemed to be (i) the latest address of the shareholder appearing on the records maintained by the transfer agent or registrar, as the case may be, for the class of shares held by the shareholder, if the Corporation has a transfer agent or registrar for the class of shares and the Board has provided in the resolutions appointing the transfer agent or registrar that notices of changes of address shall be given to one of those agents by the shareholders of the class, or (ii) the latest address of the shareholder appearing on the records maintained by the Secretary for the class of shares held by the shareholder if the Corporation has no transfer agent or registrar for the class of shares or if it has a transfer agent or registrar for the class of shares but the resolutions appointing the transfer agent or registrar do not provide that notices of changes of address shall be given to one of the agents by the shareholders of the class.
Section 4.6     Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise required by law, notice of each meeting of shareholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting by delivering a typewritten or printed notice thereof to the shareholder personally, or by depositing the notice in the United States mail, in a postage prepaid envelope, directed to the shareholder at the address of the shareholder appearing on the Corporation’s records. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, no publication of any notice of a meeting of shareholders shall be required. Every notice of a meeting of shareholders shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, shall also state the purpose for which the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall not be required to be given to any shareholder to whom notice may be omitted pursuant to applicable Indiana law or who shall have waived notice, and notice shall be deemed waived by any shareholder who shall attend the meeting in person or by proxy, except a shareholder who shall attend such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, notice of any adjourned meeting of shareholders need not be given if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.
Section 4.7     Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of record of a majority in voting interests of the shares of the Corporation entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation or any adjournment thereof. Subject to the requirement of a larger percentage vote, if any, contained in the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws or by statute, the shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding any withdrawal of shareholders that may leave less than a quorum remaining, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the vote of at least a majority in voting interest of the shares required to constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at any meeting or any adjournment thereof, a majority in voting interest of the shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat or, in the absence therefrom of all the shareholders, any officer entitled to preside at, or to act as secretary of, the meeting may adjourn such meeting from time to time. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
Section 4.8     Voting .
(a)    Each shareholder shall, at each meeting of shareholders, be entitled to vote in person or by proxy each share of the Corporation that has voting rights on the matter in question and that shall have been held by the shareholder and registered in the shareholder’s name on the books of the Corporation:
(i)    On the date fixed as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting; or
(ii)    If no record date shall have been so fixed, then (a) at the close of business on the day next preceding the day upon which notice of the meeting shall be given or (b) if notice of the meeting shall be waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day upon which the meeting shall be held.
Section 4.9     Voting of Shares Owned by Other Entities. Shares held of record by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity, may be voted by the officer, agent or proxy of the shareholder as that shareholder shall designate in a writing acceptable to the Corporation.
Section 4.10     Voting of Shares Owned by Fiduciaries. Shares held of record by fiduciaries may be voted by the fiduciaries in such manner as the instrument or order appointing such fiduciaries may direct. In the absence of such direction or the inability of the fiduciaries to act in accordance therewith, the following provisions shall apply:
(a)    If shares are held jointly by three (3) or more fiduciaries, such shares shall be voted in accordance with the will of the majority of the fiduciaries.

3



(b)    Except as otherwise provided by law, if the fiduciaries, or a majority of them, cannot agree, or if they are equally divided, upon the question of voting the shares, any court of general equity jurisdiction may, upon petition filed by any of such fiduciaries or by any party in interest, direct the voting of the shares as it may deem to be in the best interests of the beneficiaries, and the shares shall be voted in accordance with that direction.
(c)    The general proxy of a fiduciary shall be given the same weight and effect as the general proxy of an individual or corporation.
Section 4.11     Voting of Pledged Shares. Shares that are pledged may, unless otherwise provided in the agreement of pledge, be voted by the shareholder pledging the shares until the registered ownership of the shares shall have been transferred to the pledgee on the books of the Corporation, and thereafter they may be voted by the pledgee.
Section 4.12    P roxies. A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or a duly authorized attorney‑in‑fact. No proxy shall be valid for longer than eleven (11) months after the date of its execution unless a longer time is expressly provided therein. The appointment of a proxy is effective when received by the Secretary or other officer or agent of the Corporation authorized to tabulate votes. An appointment of a proxy is revocable by the shareholder unless the appointment form conspicuously states that it is irrevocable and the appointment is a power coupled with an interest and enforceable as an irrevocable proxy under applicable law.
Section 4.13     Voting Procedure and List.
(a)    The Secretary, who may call on any officer or officers of the Corporation for assistance, shall make all necessary and appropriate arrangements for meetings of the shareholders, shall receive all proxies, and shall ascertain and report by certificate at each meeting the number of shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting. The certified report of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary as to the regularity of such proxies and as to the number of shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall be received as prima facie evidence of the number of shares which are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote, for the purpose of establishing the presence of a quorum at such meeting, and for all other purposes.
(b)    The officer or agent having charge of the share transfer books shall prepare, at least five (5) days before any meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled by the Articles of Incorporation or the Corporation Law to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and with the addresses and number of shares so entitled to vote held by each of the shareholders. The list of shareholders shall be on file at the principal office of the Corporation and subject to inspection by any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting or by any such shareholder’s agent or attorney. The list shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting or the shareholder’s agent or attorney. The original share register or transfer book or a duplicate thereof, kept in the State of Indiana, shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list, or the share ledger or transfer book, or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders. If a quorum is present at a meeting of the shareholders, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present at the meeting shall be sufficient to authorize the taking of action by the shareholders unless the affirmative vote of a greater number of shares is required by the Corporation Law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in which case the affirmative vote of such greater number of shares shall be required to authorize the taking of action by the shares.
Section 4.14     Participation by Conference Telephone. Shareholders may participate in any meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar device by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. A shareholder participating in a meeting by such means shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.
Section 4.15     Corporation’s Acceptance of Votes .
(a)     Conforming Signatures. If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the Corporation if acting in good faith is entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act of the shareholder.
(b)     Non-Conforming Signatures. If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment does not correspond to the name of a shareholder to whom it purportedly relates, the Corporation if acting in good faith is nevertheless entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act of the shareholder if:
(1)
the shareholder is an entity and the name signed purports to be that of an officer or agent of the entity;
(2)
the name signed purports to be that of an administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator representing the shareholder and, if the Corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the Corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment;
(3)
the name signed purports to be that of a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the Corporation requests, evidence of this status acceptable to the Corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment;

4



(4)
the name signed purports to be that of a pledgee, beneficial owner, or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the Corporation requests, evidence acceptable to the Corporation of the signatory’s authority to sign for the shareholder has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment; or
(5)
two or more persons are the shareholder as co-owners and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of the co-owners and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all the co-owners.
(c)     Rejection of Votes. The Corporation is entitled to reject a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment if the secretary of the meeting or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of the signature thereon or about the signatory’s authority to sign for the shareholder.
(d)     No Liability. The Corporation and its officer or agent who accepts or rejects a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment in accordance with the standards of this Section are not liable in damages to the shareholder for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection.
(e)     Validity of Action. Corporate action taken after and impacted by the acceptance or rejection of a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment under this Section is valid unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines otherwise.
Section 4.16     Advance Notice of Shareholder Proposals and Shareholder Nominations .
(a)    At any annual meeting of the shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) by any shareholder of the Corporation who was a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of the notice required by this Section 4.16(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the annual meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section. At any special meeting of the shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. For business to be properly brought before any annual meeting of the shareholders by a shareholder (other than the nomination of a person for election as a director which shall be governed by Sections 4.16(b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) hereof), the shareholder must have given notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed by more than sixty (60) days from such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of such annual meeting or, if later, the seventh day following the first public announcement of the date of the annual shareholders meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting of the shareholders commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above. A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting the business at the meeting, (2) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Company, the text of the proposed amendment), (3) the name and address of the shareholder proposing the business and any Shareholder Associated Person on whose behalf the proposal is made, (4) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially and of record owned by the shareholder and by any Shareholder Associated Person, (5) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to such business between or among the shareholder and any Shareholder Associated Person, (6) any material interest of the shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person in that business, and (7) any derivative positions held by the shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person and whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk of stock price changes for, or to increase the voting power of, such shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person with respect to any share of stock of the Corporation, such information to be updated to reflect any material change in such positions through the time of the annual meeting. In addition, the shareholder making the proposal shall promptly provide any other information reasonably required by the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any meeting of the shareholders except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The Chairman of any meeting shall direct that any business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be considered. The provisions of this Section 4.16(a) shall govern what constitutes timely notice for purposes of Rule 14a-4(c) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
(b)    Nominations for the election of directors at an annual meeting of the shareholders may be made by the Board or by any shareholder entitled to vote in the election of directors who is a shareholder of record both at the time of the giving of notice required by this Section 4.16(b) and at the time of the annual meeting; provided, however, that a shareholder may nominate a person for election as a director at a meeting only if written notice of the shareholder’s intent to make such nomination as prescribed below has been given to the Secretary of the Corporation not less than ninety (90)

5



days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed by more than sixty (60) days from such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of such annual meeting or, if later, the seventh day following the first public announcement of the date of the annual shareholders meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting of the shareholders commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above. Each such notice shall set forth: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of the shareholder who intends to make the nomination, any Shareholder Associated Person on whose behalf the proposal is made, and of the person or persons to be nominated; (2) the principal occupation or employer of each person to be nominated, (3) a representation (x) that the shareholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, (y) that the shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting and nominate the person or persons specified in the notice and (z) as to the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially and of record owned by the shareholder, by any Shareholder Associated Person, and by each person to be nominated; (4) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each nominee and any other Shareholder Associated Person pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder; (5) any derivative positions held by the shareholder, any Shareholder Associated Person, or any person to be nominated and whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk of stock price changes for, or to increase the voting power of, such shareholder, any Shareholder Associated Person, or person to be nominated with respect to any share of stock of the Corporation, such information to be updated to reflect any material change in such positions through the time of the annual meeting, (6) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by the shareholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board; and (7) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected. In addition, the shareholder making the nomination shall promptly provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The Chairman of any meeting of the shareholders shall direct that any nomination not made in accordance with these procedures be disregarded.
(c)    For purposes of this Article 4, “Shareholder Associated Person” of any shareholder shall mean (1) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such shareholder, (2) any beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder, and (3) any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Shareholder Associated Person.
(d)    For purposes of this Article 4, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(e)    Notwithstanding anything in the first sentence of paragraph (b) of this Article 4 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (or if the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed by more than sixty (60) days from such anniversary date, at least one hundred (100) days prior to such annual meeting), a shareholder’s notice shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the seventh (7 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is made by the Corporation.
(f)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 4, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. The provisions of Sections 4.16(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) shall apply to any business to be brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder whether or not such business is to be included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 promulgated under the Exchange Act or presented to shareholders through an independently financed proxy solicitation. Nothing in this Article 4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that any references in this Article 4 to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the applicable requirements set forth in this Article 4.
Article 5.    Board of Directors
Section 5.1     Management Authority. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors. The Directors, in their capacity as Directors, shall have no authority to act for or bind the Corporation

6



except when acting as a Board or when acting as a committee of the Board that has been granted authority to act for or bind the Corporation.
Section 5.2     Number and Term. The Board of Directors shall consist of at least five (5) and no more than thirteen (13) Directors. The actual number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed or changed, from time to time, by the Board. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the shareholders, by the shareholders entitled to vote for the election of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of Directors constituting the whole Board permits, with the term of office of one class expiring each year.
The Board may elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall be chosen from among the Directors and who need not be an employee or officer of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board and the shareholders, and shall perform such other duties as the Board may from time to time assign.
At each annual meeting of shareholders the successors to the class of Directors whose term shall then expire shall be elected and each Director so elected shall hold office until such Director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. If the number of Directors is changed, any increase or decrease in the number of Directors shall be apportioned among the three classes so as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever holders of any Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, shall be entitled, voting separately as a class, to elect any Directors, all Directors so elected shall be allocated, each time they are so elected, to the class whose term expires at the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and the terms of all Directors so elected by such holders shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders, in each case except to the extent otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation.
Section 5.3     Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors caused by resignation, death or other incapacity, or increase in the number of directors shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, or, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such vacancy may be filled by vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. Each replacement or new Director shall serve for the balance of the term of the class of the Director he or she succeeds or, in the event of an increase in the number of directors, of the class to which he or she is assigned. Until any vacancy is filled, the existing directors shall constitute the Board of Directors.
Section 5.4     Quorum and Required Vote. A majority of the number of Directors designated as constituting the entire Board (regardless of the number of Directors actually serving) shall constitute a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, except that a majority of the Directors then serving (regardless of the number designated as constituting a full Board) shall constitute a quorum of the Board for the filling of vacancies on the Board. If a quorum is present at a meeting of the Board, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present at the meeting shall be sufficient to authorize the taking of action by the Board unless the act of a greater number of Directors is required by the Corporation Law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in which case the act of such greater number shall be required to authorize the taking of action by the Board.
Section 5.5     Annual and Regular Meetings. The Board shall meet annually, without notice, on the same day as the annual meeting of the shareholders, for the purpose of electing officers and transacting such other business as may properly come before the meeting. Other regular meetings of the Board may be held on the dates, at the times and at the places as may be fixed by resolution adopted by the Board or as may be otherwise determined by the Board and communicated to the Directors.
Section 5.6     Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman, if elected, the President, or by a majority of the Board, upon not less than 24 hours’ notice given to each Director of the date, time, and place of the meeting, which notice need not specify the purpose or purposes of the special meeting. The notice may be communicated in person (either in writing or orally), by telephone, telegraph, teletype, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of wire or wireless communication or by mail, and shall be effective at the earlier of the time of its receipt or, if mailed, three (3) days after its mailing. Notice of any meeting of the Board may be waived in writing at any time if the waiver is signed by the Director entitled to the notice and is filed with the minutes or corporate records. A Director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to the Director of the meeting unless the Director, at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon the Director’s arrival), objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to any action taken at the meeting.
Section 5.7     Written Consents. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken in writing by all members of the Board. The action so taken must be evidenced by a written consent (which may be in multiple counterparts) describing the action taken, signed by each Director, and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records reflecting the action taken. Action taken by written consent is effective when the last Director signs the consent unless the consent specifies a prior or subsequent effective date, in which case the action is effective on or as of the specified date. A consent signed by all of the Directors shall have the same effect as if the action taken by consent was taken at a meeting of the Board and may be described as having been taken at a meeting of the Board.
Section 5.8     Participation by Conference Telephone. The Board may permit any or all Directors to participate in a regular or special meeting by, or through the use of, any means of communication (such as conference telephone) by which all

7



Directors participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A Director participating in a meeting by those means shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.
Section 5.9     Compensation. Directors who are not employees of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries may receive an annual fee for their services as directors in an amount fixed by resolution of the Board, and, in addition, a fixed fee, with or without expenses of attendance, may be allowed by resolution of the Board for attendance at each meeting, including each meeting of a committee of the Board. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefore.
Section 5.10     Election Not to be Governed by Indiana Code Section 23 - 1-33-6(c). The Corporation shall not be governed by any of the provisions set forth in Section 23-1-33-6(c) of the Indiana Business Corporation Law, as amended.
Article 6.    Committees
Section 6.1     Designation of Committees . The Board of Directors may, from time to time, by resolution adopted by a majority of the actual number of Directors elected and qualified, designate from among its members an audit committee, a finance committee, compensation and stock option committee, and one or more other committees, each of which to the extent provided in the resolution, may exercise all the authority of the Board of Directors subject to the limitations of IC 23-1-34-6(e). In addition, the Board may establish a committee of three (3) or more disinterested Directors or other persons as provided in IC 23-1-32-4.
Article 7.    Officers
Section 7.1     Number. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, if elected, the Treasurer, if elected, the Secretary, and such other officers and assistant officers as the Board may appoint.
Section 7.2     Appointed Officers. The Board may designate certain officers or classes of officers who are to be appointed by a designated officer. An appointed officer shall serve until the officer’s successor is appointed or until the officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal by the appointing officer.
Section 7.3     Election, Term of Office and Qualification. The elected officers shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board. Each officer shall hold office until the officer’s successor is elected and qualified or until the officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 7.4     Removal. Any officer may be removed by the Board at any time with or without cause, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.
Section 7.5     Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time it is delivered to the Corporation’s representative unless the notice specifies a later effective date, in which case it shall take effect at 12:01 a.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the specified date. Unless otherwise specified in the resignation, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 7.6     Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal or any other cause, may be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for election or appointment to such office.
Section 7.7     Compensation. The compensation of the officers (including those who are Directors) shall be fixed, from time to time, by the Board or a Committee thereof unless the Board designates certain officers or classes of officers whose compensation is to be determined by a designated officer, in which event the designated officer shall affix the compensation of those officers.
Section 7.8     Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general charge of and supervision and authority over the business and affairs of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer may appoint officers, agents or employees other than those appointed by the Board, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as customarily pertain to the office of Chief Executive Officer and as may be assigned to him or her by the Board.
Section 7.9     President. The President shall exercise such duties as customarily pertain to the office of the President and shall have general and active supervision over the property, business affairs of the Corporation and over its several officers. The President may appoint officers, agents or employees other than those appointed by the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board or by these Bylaws.
Section 7.10     Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents, if elected, shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board may from time to time prescribe or as the President from time to time delegates to them. At the request of the President or the Board, a Vice President may, in the case of the absence or inability to act of the President, temporarily act in the President’s place.
Section 7.11     Secretary. The Secretary shall have the custody and care of the corporate seal, records, minutes and share books of the Corporation. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board, and shall keep or cause to be kept, in a book provided for the purpose, a true and complete record of the proceedings of such meetings, and shall perform a like duty for all Committees appointed by the Board, when required. The Secretary shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices by the Corporation, shall file and take charge of all papers and documents belonging to the Corporation, shall authenticate the records of the Corporation when necessary or appropriate, and shall perform such other duties as these Bylaws may require or the Board may prescribe.

8



Section 7.12     Treasurer. The Treasurer, if elected, and if not elected such other officer or officers as may be designated by the Board, shall be the financial officer of the Corporation, shall have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all funds of the Corporation, shall deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies and other depositories as shall be selected by the Board, shall receive, and give receipts for, monies due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and, in general, shall perform all the duties as, from time to time, may be assigned by the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall render to the Chief Executive Officer, President and the Board, whenever the same shall be required, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and the financial condition of the Corporation.
Section 7.13     Controller. The Controller, if elected, shall be responsible to the Board and the chief executive officer for all financial control and internal audit of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The Controller shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Board or the chief executive officer.
Section 7.14     Assistant Secretaries. The Assistant Secretaries, if elected, shall perform all duties of the Secretary during the absence or inability of the Secretary to perform such duties. They shall perform such other duties as the chief executive officer or the Board may prescribe.
Section 7.15     Other Offices. The Board of Directors may create other offices as it may from time to time deem desirable with duties as it may determine.
Article 8.    Execution of Documents and Exercising Voting Rights
Section 8.1     Execution of Routine Contracts. Except as otherwise required or provided in these Bylaws or by law, all written contracts and agreements into which the Corporation enters in the ordinary course of its business may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by (a) any duly elected or appointed officer of the Corporation, or (b) any other employee or agent of the Corporation authorized by resolution of the Board to execute any the contract or agreement either in general or in a specific instance.
Section 8.2     Execution of Deeds, Mortgages, Notes and Non‑Routine Contracts. Except as otherwise required or provided in these Bylaws or by law, all deeds, mortgages, deeds of trust, notes, assignments, bills of sale, and other instruments of transfer made by the Corporation, and all written contracts and agreements entered into by the Corporation other than those contracts and agreements entered into in the ordinary course of its business, shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President of the Corporation or a Vice President and, when required, attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that the Board may expressly authorize by resolution any officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation to execute any such deed, mortgage, assignment, instrument, contract or agreement on behalf of the Corporation either jointly with others or singly and without the necessity of any additional execution or attestation by any other officer of the Corporation.
Section 8.3     Execution and Endorsement of Checks and Drafts. Except as otherwise required or provided in these Bylaws or by law, all checks, drafts, bills of exchange and other orders for the payment of money (other than notes) by or to the Corporation shall be executed or endorsed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, or the President or Treasurer; provided, however, the Board may expressly authorize by resolution any one or more officers or other employees of the Corporation to execute or endorse any checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money on behalf of the Corporation, either jointly with others or singly and without the necessity of any additional execution or attestation by any other officer of the Corporation.
Section 8.4     Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select, or as may be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall have been delegated by the Board. For the purpose of deposit and for the purpose of collection for the account of the Corporation, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President (or any other officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation who shall from time to time be determined by the Board) may endorse, assign and deliver checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the Corporation.
Section 8.5     General and Special Bank Accounts. The Board may from time to time authorize the opening and keeping of general and special bank accounts with such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select or as may be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall have been delegated by the Board. The Board may make such special rules and regulations with respect to such bank accounts, not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws, as it may deem expedient.
Section 8.6     Voting of Shares Owned by the Corporation. Subject always to the further orders and directions of the Board of Directors, any share or shares issued by any other corporation and owned or controlled by the Corporation may be voted at any shareholders’ meeting of such other corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence by the President of the Corporation, or in their absence by any Vice President of the Corporation who may be present. Whenever, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer or, in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence, the President, it is desirable for the Corporation to execute a proxy or give a shareholders’ consent with respect to any share or shares issued by any other corporation and owned by the Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President of the Corporation and shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation under the corporate seal, if any. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the

9



proxy or proxies of the Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the share or shares issued by such other corporation and owned by the Corporation, the same as if such share or shares might be voted by the Corporation.
Article 9.    Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees.
Section 9.1     Nature of Indemnity. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if:
(a)    he or she acted (or failed to take action) in good faith; and
(b)    he or she reasonably believed his or her conduct was in the Corporation’s best interest or was at least not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; and
(c)    in the case of a criminal proceeding, he or she either: (a) had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful; or (b) had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, be determinative that the person did not meet the standard of conduct specified in this Article 9.
Section 9.2     Successful Defense. To the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 9.1 hereof or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.
Section 9.3     Determination that Indemnification is Proper. Any indemnification of a director or officer of the Corporation under Section 9.1 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification of the director or officer is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 hereof. Any indemnification of an employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 9.1 hereof (unless ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 hereof. Any such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not at the time parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, by a majority vote of a committee (designated by the board of directors) consisting of two (2) or more directors not at the time parties to the proceeding, (iii) by special legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the shareholders.
Section 9.4     Advance Payment of Expenses. Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding if: (i) the Corporation receives a written affirmation of the director or officer’s good faith belief that the director or officer has met the standard of care described in Section 9.1; (ii) the Corporation receives an unconditional written undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article; and (iii) a determination is made that the facts known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under this Article. The expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s counsel to represent the director, officer, employee or agent in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.
Section 9.5     Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers. Any indemnification of a director or officer of the Corporation under Section 9.1 and Section 9.2 or advance of costs, charges and expenses to a director or officer under Section 9.4 shall be made promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) days, upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the Corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article is required, and the Corporation fails to respond within sixty (60) days to a written request for indemnity, the Corporation shall be deemed to have approved such request. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnity or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within thirty (30) days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. The person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expense under Section 9.4 of this Article where the required affirmation and undertaking, if any, have been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 of this Article, but the burden of proving this defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation

10



(including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 of this Article 9, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
Section 9.6     Survival; Preservation of Other Rights. The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Act are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit, or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. This contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of the director, officer, employee or agent.
The indemnification provided by this Article 9 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
Section 9.7     Severability. If this Article 9 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
Section 9.8     Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against or incurred by the individual in that capacity or arising from the individual’s status as a director, officer, employee or agent, whether or not the Corporation would have power to indemnify the individual against the same liability under this Article.
Section 9.9     Additional Definitions. For purposes of this Article, references to the “Corporation” shall include any domestic or foreign predecessor entity of the Corporation in a merger or other transaction in which the predecessor’s existence ceased upon consummation of the transaction.
For purposes of this Article, serving an employee benefit plan at the request of the Corporation shall include any service as a director or officer of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries. A person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” referred to in this Article.
For purposes of this Article, “party” includes any individual who is or was a plaintiff, defendant or respondent in any action, suit or proceeding, or who is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in any action, suit or proceeding.
For purposes of this Article, “official capacity,” when used with respect to a director, shall mean the office of director of the Corporation; and when used with respect to an individual other than a director, shall mean the office in the Corporation held by the officer or the employment or agency relationship undertaken by the employee or agent on behalf of the Corporation. “Official capacity” does not include service for any other foreign or domestic corporation or limited liability company or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for profit or not.
Section 9.10     Business Expense. Any payments made to any indemnified party under this Article or under any other right to indemnification shall be deemed to be an ordinary and necessary business expense of the Corporation, and payment thereof shall not subject any person responsible for the payment, or the Board of Directors, to any action for corporate waste or to any similar action.
Article 10.    Amendments
Section 10.1     Amendments to Bylaws . The power to make, alter, amend and repeal these Bylaws is vested exclusively in the Board.

11


Exhibit 10.6
INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

This INDEMNITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective as of [date], between The Finish Line, Inc., an Indiana corporation (“ Finish Line ”) and the person who has executed this Agreement as “ Indemnitee .”

Recitals

1.
Indemnitee is currently serving as a director or officer of Finish Line and/or, at the Finish Line’s request, as a director, officer, manager, member, employee and/or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit or other similar plan, or other enterprise, and Finish Line wishes Indemnitee to continue in such capacity(ies);

2.
The Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “ Restated Articles of Incorporation ”) and the Bylaws (the “Bylaws ”) of Finish Line each provide that Finish Line shall indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the Indiana Business Corporation Law (the “ IBCL ”), certain persons, including directors and officers against specified expenses and losses arising out of certain threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings;

3.
Indemnitee has indicated that he or she may not be willing to continue to serve as a director, officer, employee and/or agent of Finish Line and/or, at Finish Line’s request, as a director, officer, manager, member, employee and/or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise in the absence of indemnification in addition to that provided in the Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of Finish Line;

4.
Finish Line is aware that competent and experienced people are increasingly reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations unless they are protected by director and officer liability insurance and/or indemnification, due to the increasing amount of litigation against directors and officers and the increasing expense of defending those claims;

5.
It is essential that Finish Line retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable and qualified persons available;

6.
In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to serve, Finish Line has agreed to provide Indemnitee with the benefits contemplated by this Indemnity Agreement, and, as a result, Indemnitee has agreed to continue to serve Finish Line; and

7.
The Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws expressly recognize that the indemnification provisions of the Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of, and shall not affect, any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, and this Indemnity Agreement is being entered into pursuant to the Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws as permitted by the IBCL, and as authorized by the shareholders of Finish Line; and

8.
Finish Line and Indemnitee recognize the public policy of Indiana that indemnification should be liberally permitted and intend that this Indemnity Agreement be liberally construed in favor of indemnification.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee’s continuing to provide valuable services to Finish Line directly or indirectly, including any services Indemnitee may provide at its request to any Other Entity, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses. Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement, Finish Line shall be obligated, in connection with any Claim (i) to indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses and Losses, and (ii) to advance any and all Expenses to Indemnitee.

Section 2. Specific Limitations; Mandatory Indemnification.

a)
Unless otherwise determined by a court in litigation in accordance with Section 4, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, and shall reimburse Finish Line for all such amounts theretofore paid or advanced by Finish Line, to the extent that a Reviewing Party has determined that the Expenses or Losses for which indemnification is sought arise out of, or



were based upon, a Claim in connection with which Indemnitee failed to meet the Standard of Conduct. In the absence of a determination by a Reviewing Party or a court, Indemnitee shall be conclusively presumed to have met the Standard of Conduct. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not of itself be determinative that Indemnitee did not meet the Standard of Conduct.

b)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, and regardless of whether Indemnitee met the Standard of Conduct, Finish Line shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses relating to any Claim in the defense of which Indemnitee is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise. Finish Line and Indemnitee acknowledge and agree that this Agreement may provide for indemnification even in circumstances involving Indemnitee’s own negligence or higher level of culpability, unless indemnification in such circumstances is found by a court to conflict with law or Public Policy.

Section 3. Procedure for Indemnification and Advance of Expenses.

a)
Indemnitee shall present any claim for indemnification, and may present a claim for advance of Expenses, in each case by presenting written demand therefore to Finish Line and, in the case of advance of Expenses: (i) be accompanied by or preceded by: (y) the written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the Indemnitee has met the Standard of Conduct; and (z) an unconditional written undertaking by or on Indemnittee’s behalf to repay the amount to Finish Line if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Finish Line as authorized in this Agreement; and (ii) no Reviewing Party has determined that the Expenses sought to be advanced arise out of, or were based upon, a Claim in which the Indemnitee failed to meet the Standard of Conduct. Finish Line shall pay or advance Expenses to Indemnitee on the basis of Indemnitee’s written demand (i) in the case of indemnification, as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after the written demand is presented, and (ii) in the case of advance of Expenses, within five (5) business days after the written demand is presented.

b)
If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by Finish Line for some or a portion, but not the total amount, of the Losses or Expenses for which payment has been demanded, Finish Line shall indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of the Losses or Expenses as to which Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

Section 4. Enforcement Proceedings.

a)
If any Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee is not entitled, in whole or in part, to indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right, without prejudice by virtue of such determination, to institute legal proceedings seeking to enforce Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification under this Agreement in any court of competent jurisdiction.

b)
In any such proceedings, Finish Line shall have the burden of proving that (i) Indemnitee’s conduct did not meet the Standard of Conduct, and (ii) Indemnitee is not otherwise fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification without regard to the Standard of Conduct, or (iii) such indemnification would be unlawful or would contradict a Public Policy. If Finish Line fails to sustain its burden of proof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification from Finish Line under this Agreement.

c)
If Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings seeking to enforce a claim for indemnification, Indemnitee shall not be required to make reimbursement to Finish Line and may continue to be entitled to further advances of Expenses (including the expenses of such proceedings), until a final judicial determination adverse to Indemnitee’s position, as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or have lapsed, has been made.

d)
If legal proceedings are not commenced by Indemnitee within sixty (60) days after Indemnitee’s receipt of written notice of the Reviewing Party’s determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the determination by the Reviewing Party shall be conclusive and binding on Finish Line and Indemnitee.





Section 5. Selection of Independent Special Counsel.

a)
If all of the directors of Finish Line are parties to, or interested in, the Claim, or if there has been a change in control of Finish Line within the two years preceding the date upon which identity of the Reviewing Party is determined, then only independent special counsel, which shall not otherwise have performed services for Indemnitee or Finish Line, may act as a Reviewing Party. Independent special counsel may also serve as a Reviewing Party if Indemnitee and another Reviewing Party so agree.

b)
Independent special counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, subject to the approval (which shall not unreasonably be withheld) of (i) a committee designated in accordance with Section 7(f)(ii) (a “ Committee ”), or (ii) if a Committee cannot be so designated, by a majority of the entire board of directors of Finish Line (including interested directors), or (iii) if such counsel is being engaged because Indemnitee and another Reviewing Party have so agreed, by such other Reviewing Party.

c)
Finish Line agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of independent special counsel and, unless prohibited by applicable law, fully to indemnify and hold harmless that counsel from and against any and all Losses and Expenses arising out of or relating to its engagement pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 6. Insurance. If and to the extent Finish Line at any time maintains insurance providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage, Indemnitee shall be covered by such insurance, in accordance with its terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any of Finish Line’s directors or officers.

Section 7. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

a)
Claim ” means and includes an actual or threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation (whether conducted by or on behalf of Finish Line, its shareholders, or any other party) that Indemnitee in good faith believes may lead to the institution of any action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other), arising out of or in connection with any event or occurrence related to Indemnitee’s service or capacity as a director or officer of Finish Line, or Indemnitee’s service at the request of Finish Line as a director, officer, manager, member, trustee, agent or fiduciary of any Other Entity, provided that such claim is not for an accounting of profits made from the purchase of sale by Indemnitee of securities of Finish Line within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any state law.

b)
Expenses ” means and includes attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in, or participate in, any Claim or any proceeding instituted pursuant to Section 4.

c)
Losses ” means and includes any judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement or discharge, including all costs, interest assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with any of the foregoing, that are imposed in connection with or arise out of a Claim, and for which the Indemnitee has not otherwise been reimbursed.

d)
Other Entity ” means and includes any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, employee benefit or similar plan, trust or other enterprise or legal entity (whether or not for profit) other than Finish Line.

e)
Public Policy ” means a specific public policy of the State of Indiana against which Indemnitee seeks to enforce an obligation to indemnify him or her under this Agreement, which policy has direct bearing on the issue of enforcement of that obligation under the circumstances in question, and is of such predominant import as to override (i) the public policy favoring enforcement of the obligation to assist companies such as Finish Line in attracting competent and qualified persons to serve as directors or officers, (ii) the public policy and rule of law favoring non-interference



with private contractual rights negotiated in good faith and at arms’ length, and (iii) other policies and rules of law favoring or requiring enforcement, including all specific statutory authorizations of corporate undertakings of indemnity such as those contained in this Agreement.

f)
Reviewing Party ” means (i) a majority of a quorum of the board of directors of Finish Line, or (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under subdivision (i) of Section 7(f), a majority of a committee duly designated by the board of directors of Finish Line (in which designation directors who are parties to, or interested in, the Claim may participate), consisting solely of two (2) or more directors who are not parties to or interested in the Claim, or (iii) independent special counsel selected in accordance with Section 5(b).

g)
The “ Standard of Conduct ” shall be deemed to have been met or satisfied by Indemnitee if:

(i)
Indemnitee’s conduct was in good faith; and
(ii)
Indemnitee reasonably believed his or her conduct was in the best interests of Finish Line or was at least not opposed to the best interests of Finish Line; and
(iii)
In the case of any criminal proceeding, Indemnitee either (A) had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful, or (B) had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Indemnitee’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit or similar plan, for a purpose he or she reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants in or beneficiaries of such a plan, shall also be deemed to meet or satisfy the Standard of Conduct.

Section 8. No Modification or Waiver. This Agreement may not be amended, changed, supplemented or modified except by a subsequent writing signed by all of the parties. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the waiver is in writing and is signed by the party against whom it is sought to be enforced; nor shall any waiver of any provision of this Agreement constitute or be construed as a continuing waiver, or a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement (whether similar or not). The failure of any party at any time to insist upon strict performance by any other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute or be construed as a waiver of the right to insist upon strict performance in the future of such provision.

Section 9. Notification and Defense of Claim. Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding that may constitute a Claim under this Agreement, Indemnitee will, if a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses in respect thereof is to be made against Finish Line under this Agreement, notify Finish Line of the commencement thereof. After that notification to Finish Line:

a)
Finish Line will be entitled to participate in the defense of the action, suit or proceeding at its own expense;

b)
Unless Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between Finish Line and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of the action, Finish Line will be entitled to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding for Indemnitee, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee;

c)
Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s own counsel in the action, suit or proceeding, but the fees and expenses of same incurred after notice from Finish Line of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized, or the defense of Indemnitee is not permitted to be undertaken, by Finish Line, or (B) Finish Line shall in fact have employed counsel to assume Indemnitee’s defense;

d)
Finish Line shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid by the Indemnitee, without the written consent of Finish Line (which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld), in settlement of such action, suit or proceeding or any claim therein;

e)
Finish Line shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid by the Indemnitee arising out of or in connection with an accounting of profits made from the



purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of Finish Line within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any state law; and

f)
Finish Line shall not, without the consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld), settle any such action, suit or proceeding or any claim therein in any manner that would impose any penalty, liability or limitation on, or otherwise be materially adverse to the interests of, Indemnitee.

Section 10. Non-Exclusivity. The rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of or limited by any other substantive or procedural rights or presumptions under Finish Line’s Restated Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, its other controlling instruments and governing corporate statutes, or otherwise (collectively, “ Governing Documents and Laws ”). To the extent that, at any time during the period when this Agreement is in effect, the rights under Governing Documents and Laws of the then existing directors and officers with respect to indemnification and advance of Expenses are more favorable to the directors or officers than the rights currently provided thereunder or under this Agreement to Indemnitee, Indemnitee shall be entitled to the full benefits of those more favorable rights.

Section 11. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective assigns, successors in interest (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of Finish Line), spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives.

Section 12. Severability . Each and every paragraph, sentence, term and provision of this Agreement is separate and distinct. If any such paragraph, sentence, term or provision shall be held invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other paragraph, sentence, term or provision of this Agreement. Any paragraph, sentence, term or provision of this Agreement may be modified by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent required to preserve its validity and enforceability, and to provide Indemnitee with the broadest possible indemnification permitted under law.

Section 13. Savings Clause . If this Agreement or any paragraph, sentence, term or provision hereof is invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, Finish Line shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee as to any Losses and Expenses incurred with respect to any Claim to the full extent permitted by (i) any applicable paragraph, sentence, term or provision of this Agreement that has not been invalidated, and (ii) any applicable provision of any Governing Documents or Laws.

Section 14. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be served personally on, or mailed by certified or registered United States mail to, the party to be charged with receipt thereof, Notices and other communications served by mail shall be deemed received seventy-two (72) hours after deposit of such notice or communication with the United States as certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and duly addressed (i) if to Finish Line, to its registered office, to the attention of the General Counsel, and (ii) if to Indemnitee, to the address set forth beneath Indemnitee’s signature to this Agreement. Any party may change its or his address for purposes of this Paragraph by giving to the party intended to be bound thereby, in the manner provided herein, a written notice of such change.

Section 15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Indiana without reference to the choice of law principles.

Section 16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.














IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Finish Line and Indemnitee have executed this Agreement this ___ day of ____________, 20__.


The Finish Line, Inc.

By: _____________________________

Printed: _________________________-_

Title: ____________________________



Indemnitee


By: _____________________________

Printed: __________________________

Title: ____________________________

Address: _________________________
                          _________________________
    



Exhibit 10.7
THE FINISH LINE, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
Pursuant to the
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
This Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as the Date of Grant indicated below by and between The Finish Line, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person named below as Optionee.
WHEREAS, Optionee is a non-employee director (“Non-Employee Director”) of the Company; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Company’s Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), an option to purchase shares of the Class A Common, $.01 par value, of the Company (the “Class A Common Shares”), has been granted to Optionee on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Grant of Option; Certain Terms and Conditions . The Company hereby grants to Optionee, and Optionee hereby accepts, as of the Date of Grant indicated below, an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Class A Common Shares indicated below (the “Option Shares”) at the Exercise Price per share indicated below. The Option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Indianapolis time, on the Expiration Date indicated below and shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
Optionee:
Date of Grant:
Number of Class
A Common Shares
Purchasable:
Exercise Price
Per Share:
Expiration Date:
Vesting Rate:
 
2. Non-Qualified Stock Option .
The Option is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).
3. Acceleration and Termination of Option .
(a) Termination of Directorship Status . If Optionee ceases to be a Non-Employee Director for any reason, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of the Expiration Date or the first anniversary of the date upon which Optionee ceases to be a Non-Employee Director.
(b) Death Following Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Optionee shall die at any time after the date on which he ceases to be a Non-Employee Director and prior to the Expiration Date, then, the remaining vested but unexercised portion of this Option shall terminate on the earlier of the Expiration Date or the first anniversary of the date of such death.
(c) Acceleration of Option . The Option shall become fully exercisable immediately prior to a Change in Control. A Change in Control shall mean: a reorganization, merger (not including a merger to effectuate a reincorporation of the Company) or consolidation of the Company as a result of which the outstanding securities of the class then subject to the Plan are exchanged for or converted into cash, property and/or securities not issued by the Company, unless such reorganization, merger or consolidation shall have been affirmatively recommended to the stockholders of the Company by the Board.
(d) Termination of Option . The Option shall terminate upon the occurrence of a Termination Event. A Termination Event shall mean either:
(i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company;





(ii) a reorganization, merger (not including a merger to effectuate a reincorporation of the Company) or consolidation of the Company as a result of which the outstanding securities of the class then subject to the Plan are exchanged for or converted into cash, property and/or securities not issued by the Company, which reorganization, merger or consolidation shall have been affirmatively recommended to the stockholders of the Company by the Board, unless the terms of such reorganization, merger or consolidation shall provide otherwise; or
(iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company, unless the terms of such sale shall provide otherwise.
4. Adjustments . In the event that the Class A Common Shares are increased, decreased or exchanged for or converted into cash, property or a different number or kind of securities, or if cash, property or securities are distributed in respect of such outstanding Class A Common Shares, in either case as a result of a restructuring, reclassification, dividend (other than a regular, quarterly cash dividend) or other distribution, stock split, reverse stock split or the like, or if substantially all of the property and assets of the Company are sold, then, unless such transaction shall provide otherwise, the Board shall make appropriate and proportionate adjustments in the number and type of shares or other securities or cash or other property that may be acquired upon the exercise in full of the Option. Notwithstanding the above, in the event the Company engages in a recapitalization or similar transaction wherein its Class A Common Shares are divided into two classes with different voting rights, the Option shall be exercisable into that class of common stock having fewer votes per share.
5. Exercise . The Option shall be exercisable during Optionee’s lifetime only by Optionee or by his or her guardian or legal representative, and after Optionee’s death only by the person or entity entitled to do so under Optionee’s last will and testament or applicable intestate law. The Option may only be exercised by the delivery to the Company of a written notice of such exercise pursuant to the notice procedures set forth in Section 7 hereof, which notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased (the “Purchased Shares”) and the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares (the “Exercise Price”), together with payment in full of such aggregate Exercise Price in cash or check payable to the Company.
6. Payment of Withholding Taxes . If the Company becomes obligated to withhold an amount on account of any federal, state or local income tax imposed as a result of the exercise of the Option (such amount shall be referred to herein as the “Withholding Liability”), Optionee shall pay the Withholding Liability to the Company in full in cash or check payable to the Company on the first date upon which the Company becomes obligated to pay such amount withheld to the appropriate taxing authority, and the Company may delay issuing the Class A Common Shares pursuant to such exercise until it receives the Withholding Liability from Optionee.
7. Notices . Any notices given to the Company shall be addressed to the Company at 3308 North Mitthoeffer Road, Indianapolis, Indiana 46236, Attention: Secretary, and to Optionee at the address set forth below Optionee’s signature hereto, or at such other address as Optionee may hereafter designate in writing to the Company. Any such notice shall be deemed duly given when sent by prepaid certified or registered mail and deposited in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Government.
8. Stock Exchange Requirements; Applicable Laws . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no shares of stock purchased upon exercise of the Option, and no certificate representing all or any part of such shares, shall be issued or delivered if (a) such shares have not been admitted to or listed under each stock exchange upon which shares of that class are then listed or (b) in the opinion of counsel to the Company such issuances would be in violation of any federal, state or other securities law, or any requirement of any stock exchange listing agreement to which the Company is a party, or any other requirement of law or of any administrative or regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Company.
9. Nontransferrability . Neither the Option nor any interest therein may be sold, assigned, conveyed, gifted, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
10. The Plan . THE OPTION IS GRANTED PURSUANT TO THE NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN, AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF GRANT, AND IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE PLAN AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT NO SUCH AMENDMENT SHALL DEPRIVE OPTIONEE, WITHOUT HIS OR HER CONSENT, OF THE OPTION OR OF ANY OF OPTIONEE’S RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. THE INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION BY THE BOARD OF THE PLAN, THIS AGREEMENT, THE OPTION AND SUCH RULES AND REGULATIONS AS MAY BE ADOPTED BY THE BOARD FOR THE PURPOSE OF ADMINISTERING THE PLAN SHALL BE FINAL AND BINDING UPON OPTIONEE. UNTIL THE OPTION SHALL EXPIRE, TERMINATE OR BE EXERCISED IN FULL, THE COMPANY SHALL, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFORE, SEND A COPY OF THE PLAN, IN ITS THEN-CURRENT FORM, TO OPTIONEE OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY THEN ENTITLED TO EXERCISE THE OPTION.





11. Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue a fraction of a Class A Common Share in connection with the exercise of the Option. In any case where the Optionee would be entitled to receive a fraction of a Class A Common Share upon the exercise of the Option, the Company shall instead, upon the exercise of the Option, issue the largest whole number of Class A Common Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Option, and pay to the Optionee in cash the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board) of such fraction of a Class A Common Share at the time of exercise of the Option.
12. Stockholder Rights . No person or entity shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of any Option Shares until the Option shall have been duly exercised to purchase such Option Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
13. Governing Law . This Agreement and the Option granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements or understandings of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and Optionee have duly executed this Agreement as of the Date of Grant.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE FINISH LINE, INC.
 
 
 
OPTIONEE
 
 
 
 
By
 
 
 
 
 
 
NAME:
 
Steven J. Schneider
 
 
 
Signature
TITLE:
 
Sr. Vice President Finance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4





Exhibit 10.8

THE FINISH LINE, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

Amended and Restated Effective 1/1/2015


WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, The Finish Line, Inc. (“Corporation”) desires to provide eligible employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries interest in the Corporation through the purchase of shares of common stock of the Corporation (“Common Stock”); and

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to offer further inducement to eligible employees to remain as employees by providing a plan for the purchase of Common Stock at a discounted rate.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation hereby establishes this Employee Stock Purchase
Plan (the “Plan”), which entirely amends, restates, and supersedes any previous version of the Corporation’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan, pursuant to the provisions of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as follows:

ARTICLE I ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN

The Plan is hereby established effective as of the date the registration of the Common
Stock to be issued hereunder is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided , however , that this Plan shall not become effective unless it has received the approval of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation who are either present or represented and entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation duly held within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is initially adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Section 2.01. Definitions. When the initial letter of a word or phrase is capitalized, the meaning of such word or phrase shall be as follows:

(a) “ Account ” means one or more bookkeeping accounts where a recording of each Participant’s interest in the Plan is maintained, consisting of the sum of the Participant’s payroll deductions under the Plan and the number of shares of Common Stock purchased by the Participant, all of which shall be maintained by the Custodian. Each Account shall be in the name of the Participant or, if permitted by the Committee and so indicated on his or her enrollment, in his or her name jointly with a member of his or her family, with right of survivorship. If permitted by the Committee, a Participant who is a resident of a jurisdiction which does not recognize such a joint tenancy may have an Account in his or her name as tenant in common with a member of his or her family, without rights of survivorship.
(b) “ Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c) “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Corporation as it shall exist from time to time.

(d) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or any subsequently enacted federal revenue law.

(e) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors; provided, that if any member of the Committee does not qualify as both an outside director for purposes of Code Section 162(m) and a non-employee director for purposes of Rule 16b-3 of the Act, the remaining members of the Committee (but not less than two members) shall be constituted as a subcommittee of the Committee to act as the Committee for purposes of the Plan.

(f) “ Common Stock ” means the shares of Class A Common Stock, no par value, of the Corporation.

(g) “ Corporation ” means The Finish Line, Inc., an Indiana corporation, and its successors (by merger, consolidation



or otherwise) and assigns.

(h) “ Custodian ” means any party designated by the Corporation pursuant to Section 7.02 to act as custodian of the Plan.

(i) “ Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the date the registration of shares of Common Stock to be issued hereunder with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective or any date thereafter.

(j) “ Eligible Employee ” means any person employed by the Corporation or any authorized subsidiaries or affiliates (as designated by the Committee), except for:

(1)    employees who have been employed less than six (6) months; or
(2) employees whose customary employment is twenty (20) hours or less per week.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” means the closing trading price of a share of Common Stock as reported on any national securities exchange on which the shares are listed (or, if listed on more than one such exchange, then on the one located in New York City), or if not so listed, the closing price reported on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., Automated Quotations System (NASDAQ).

(l) “ Offering Date ” means the first business day in January, April, July, and October of each calendar year during the Plan Term on which Fair Market Value can be determined and Common Stock is offered for purchase hereunder and/or such other date or dates selected by the Committee from time to time on which Common Stock is offered for purchase hereunder (with Fair Market Value determined on such date or, if not quoted on such date, on the last day prior thereto on which Fair Market Value is quoted); provided , however , that for the year 2004 the Offering Date means September 1, 2004 or the first business day thereafter selected by the Committee on which Fair Market Value can be determined.

(m) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who (i) authorizes the Corporation to make payroll deductions from Plan Compensation for the purpose of purchasing Common Stock pursuant to the Plan, (ii) has commenced participation in the Plan pursuant to Section 3.01, and (iii) has not incurred a withdrawal, voluntary or involuntary, pursuant to Article VI.

(n) “ Payday ” means the date on which an Eligible Employee receives any Plan Compensation.

(o) “ Plan ” means this, The Finish Line, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(p) “ Plan Compensation ” means all compensation paid by the Corporation or any subsidiary to an employee through their respective payroll systems for services as an employee, including wages, salary, incentive compensation and bonuses, but excluding therefrom profit sharing payments, stock incentive program payments and all other fringe benefit payments.

(q) “ Plan Term ” means the period from September 1, 2004 to and including
December 31, 2015. Thereafter, the term of the Plan shall automatically extend for successive one year periods unless the Committee elects otherwise.

(r) “ Purchase Date ” means the last business day in March, June, September, and December of each calendar year during the Plan Term on which Fair Market Value can be determined and in which Common Stock is acquired hereunder and/or such other date or dates selected by the Committee from time to time on which Common Stock is acquired hereunder (with Fair Market Value determined on such date or, if not quoted on such date, on the last day prior thereto on which Fair Market Value is quoted).

(s) “ Purchase Price ” means the price per share of Common Stock for purchase by
Participants as defined in Section 5.02.

(t) “ Section ,” when not preceded by the word “Code,” means a section of this Plan.





Section 2.02. Construction and Governing Law.

(a) This Plan shall be construed, enforced and administered and the validity thereof determined in accordance with the Code and the regulations thereunder, and in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana, without regard to its conflict of law provisions, when such laws are not inconsistent with the Code.

(b) This Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Code Section 423 and the regulations thereunder. The provisions of the Plan shall be construed so as to fulfill this intention.

ARTICLE III PARTICIPATION
Section 3.01. Participation. Any person who is an Eligible Employee as of any Offering Date under this Plan may become a Participant in this Plan beginning on such Offering Date by completing enrollment by a form or process as the Committee shall require to authorize payroll deductions and to request participation in this Plan, all within the time period prior to such Offering Date prescribed by the Committee.

Section 3.02. Payroll Deductions.

(a) Payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first Payday after the Offering Date when the Eligible Employee becomes a Participant and shall continue thereafter until the earlier of (i) the termination of this Plan, as provided in Section 8.02, or (ii) the date the Participant cancels his or her payroll deductions pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 3.02. Each Participant shall authorize his or her employer to make deductions from Participant’s Plan Compensation on each Payday during such time as he or she is a Participant in the Plan at even rates from 2% through 15% of the Participant’s Plan Compensation.

(b) A Participant may increase, decrease or cancel his or her payroll deduction one time only between Offering Dates effective as of the Payday which is at least two weeks after notice to the Custodian. A Participant’s suspension of payroll deductions shall not automatically result in withdrawal from participation in the Plan. If a Participant, on any scheduled Payday, shall receive no pay or his or her net pay shall be insufficient, after all required deductions, to permit withholding the payroll deduction in full as authorized hereunder and through enrollment with the Custodian, the Corporation or its subsidiary shall (i) if the pay is insufficient for any deduction hereunder, suspend the deduction until the next Payday in which Participant’s net pay is sufficient for such withholding, or (ii) if the pay is insufficient for a full deduction hereunder, effect a partial deduction equal to the net pay available for such deduction; provided , however , that no withdrawal shall be deemed to have occurred in either event. If no deduction or if a partial deduction is effected, no carryover of the balance of the authorized deduction shall occur.

Section 3.03. Participant’s Account. On each Payday, the Corporation or its subsidiary, as the case may be, shall deduct the authorized amount from each Participant’s Plan Compensation and, as soon as administratively practicable, shall report the amount of such deductions to the Custodian. The Custodian shall credit the Account of each Participant with the amount of the Participant’s payroll deduction under the Plan effective as of the Payday on which it was deducted. Interest may be earned and retained by the Corporation but interest shall not be paid on amounts held in a Participant’s Account.

ARTICLE IV COMMON STOCK

The shares subject to issuance under this Plan shall be Common Stock. The total number
of shares of Common Stock which may be purchased under this Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate two million four hundred thousand (2,400,000) shares, of which not more than two hundred forty thousand (240,000) shares of Common Stock shall be issued in any one calendar year during the Plan Term, except as such numbers of shares of Common Stock shall be or have been adjusted in accordance with Sections 5.01(a) and 8.01 of this Plan. In the event the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable for any calendar year shall exceed two hundred forty thousand (240,000) shares of Common Stock (adjusted pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and 8.01 of the Plan) (the “Annual Maximum”), the Committee shall reduce proportionately each Participant’s purchase hereunder to the extent necessary so that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock will not exceed the Annual Maximum (allocated proportionately for each Purchase Date during each calendar) and if any such reduction results in cash credited to a Participant’s Account, such cash credited shall remain credited to the Participant’s Account and be used to purchase Common Stock on the next Purchase Date. Common Stock required to satisfy purchases pursuant to the Plan shall be provided out of the Corporation’s authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares or acquired by the Corporation in open market transactions or private transactions. If shares of Common Stock are purchased in one or more transactions on the open market or in private transactions at the direction of the Committee, the Corporation will pay the difference between the Purchase Price and the price at which such shares are purchased for Participants.



ARTICLE V PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK

Section 5.01. The Offering.

(a) The Corporation shall offer an aggregate of two hundred forty thousand (240,000) shares of Common Stock for purchase by Participants during each calendar year pursuant to the terms of this Plan; provided , however , for calendar year 2004 the Corporation shall offer an aggregate of forty thousand (40,000) shares of Common Stock for purchase by Participants. The number of shares of Common Stock offered annually hereunder shall be increased by the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock, if any, which were offered but not purchased during prior calendar years and shall be subject to further adjustment in accordance with Section 8.01 of this Plan.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary:

(1) a Participant may not purchase Common Stock hereunder to the extent that, after such purchase, the Participant would own (or be considered to own) of record or beneficially shares in the Corporation possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares of the Corporation, within the meaning of Code Section 423(b)(3); and
(2) no Participant may purchase, during any one calendar year, shares under all employee stock purchase plans of the Corporation and its subsidiaries to accrue at a rate which exceeds Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) of Fair Market Value of shares of Common Stock (determined at the Offering Date), within the meaning of Code Section 423(b)(8).

Section 5.02. Purchase Price. The “Purchase Price” for Common Stock purchased shall be equal to 85% of Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock on the Purchase Date.

Section 5.03. Purchase of Common Stock; Limitations.

(a) Within ten (10) days following each Purchase Date during the Plan Term, the Committee shall determine the Purchase Price per share of Common Stock in accordance with Section 5.02 herein. Each Participant shall thereupon automatically purchase from the Corporation and the Corporation, upon payment of the Purchase Price by the Custodian, shall cause to be issued to the Participant, as promptly as administratively possible, that number of shares (including fractional shares unless otherwise determined by the Committee) of Common Stock which such Participant’s Account shall enable such Participant to purchase at the Purchase Price. Irrespective of the actual date of purchase, the date of purchase of Common Stock hereunder shall be deemed the Purchase Date. All shares purchased shall be maintained by the Custodian in the Account for each Participant. All cash dividends paid with respect to shares of Common Stock held in the Account shall be added to the Participant’s Account and shall be used to purchase shares of Common Stock at the next Purchase Date. Expenses incurred in the purchase of such shares shall be paid by the Corporation. All dividends distributed in-kind with respect to Common Stock held in the Account shall be added to the shares held for a Participant in his or her Account. Any distribution of shares with respect to shares of Common Stock held for a Participant in his or her Account shall be added to the shares of Common Stock held for the Participant in his or her Account.

(b) No Eligible Employee may purchase annually under this Plan more than 25,000 shares of Common Stock per offering period, or Common Stock having a Fair Market Value in excess of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), whichever is less.

(c) A Participant shall have no interest in, or rights as a shareholder with respect to, Common Stock subject to purchase under this Plan until such shares of Common Stock have been issued to the Participant.

Section 5.04. Sale of Common Stock. Unless otherwise prohibited by law or policy of the Corporation, a Participant shall have the right at any time to direct that any shares of Common Stock in his or her Account be sold and that the proceeds, less expenses of sale, be remitted to him or her.

ARTICLE VI WITHDRAWAL

Section 6.01. Voluntary Withdrawal. A Participant may withdraw from participation
in the Plan at any time. A Participant’s withdrawal shall be effective as of the Payday following written notice to the Custodian, or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter. The Custodian shall notify the Corporation of the withdrawal of any Participant.



As soon as administratively practicable after the effective date of a Participant’s withdrawal from the Plan, the cash balance of the Participant’s Account shall be credited to the Participant in the next payroll paycheck/automatic deposit. No partial withdrawals are permitted. When there is a voluntary withdrawal of a Participant, the Participant may, subject to what is allowable and/or required by the Custodian, elect to (i) have his or her shares sold by the Custodian and the proceeds, after selling expenses, remitted to him or her, (ii) have his or her shares kept in the Account maintained by the Custodian, subject to all applicable fees and expenses, or (iii) have his or her shares transferred to another account, custodian, or broker, subject to all applicable fees and expenses. Any Eligible Employee who withdraws from the Plan shall be entitled to resume payroll deductions and become a Participant only after compliance with Section 3.01.

Section 6.02. Involuntary Withdrawal. Upon termination of a Participant’s employment with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for any reason, or no reason, including resignation, discharge (with or without cause), disability or retirement, the cash balance of the Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant, or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to the Participant’s beneficiary as provided in Section 6.04. The Corporation or the Custodian shall pay such amount as soon as administratively practicable after the Committee has received notification of such termination of employment. When there is an involuntary withdrawal of a Participant, the number of shares of Common Stock credited to his or her Account shall be forwarded to him or her or in the case of the Participant’s death to the Participant’s beneficiary as provided in Section 6.04, in a form determined by the Custodian.

Section 6.03. Interest. No payroll deductions or Account balances paid to a Participant, or paid to any beneficiary in accordance with Section 6.04, shall be credited with interest.

Section 6.04. Participant’s Beneficiary.

(a) Any Common Stock or cash credited to a Participant’s Account under this Plan in the event of the Participant’s death shall be designated to the estate or a representative of the estate of the Participant.

(b) Upon the death of a Participant, the survivor or the estate should contact the Custodian and depending on the place of residence, the Custodian shall send a deceased package with documents to determine legal ownership. Those documents need to be completed and sent back to the Custodian. Upon receipt of the completed documents, the Custodian shall cause delivery of the shares or cash as provided in Section 6.04(a), if any, to the Participant’s beneficiary as soon as administratively practicable.
(c) No designated beneficiary and no heir or beneficiary of the estate of a deceased Participant shall acquire any interest in the Common Stock or cash credited to the Participant’s Account under this Plan prior to the death of the Participant.

ARTICLE VII PLAN ADMINISTRATION

Section 7.01. Administration

(a) The Plan shall be administered, at the expense of the Corporation, by the Committee.

(b) The Committee shall be vested with full authority to take any and all actions necessary to implement this Plan and to interpret this Plan and make, administer and interpret such rules and regulations as it deems necessary to administer the Plan. Any determination, construction, interpretation, administration, or application of the Plan by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Participants, beneficiaries and any and all other persons claiming under or through any Participant. The Committee may delegate administration of this Plan to one or more employees or positions of the Corporation or to the Custodian.

(c) Service on the Committee shall constitute service as a director of the Corporation so that members of the Committee shall be entitled to such indemnification and reimbursement as directors of the Corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation and/or Bylaws.

Section 7.02. Custodian.

(a)    The Corporation, in its sole discretion, shall appoint a Custodian. The Custodian may be removed by the Corporation at any time.




(b) The Custodian shall keep or cause to be kept accurate and detailed bookkeeping accounts of all contributions, receipts, disbursements and transfers of cash and shares of Common Stock under the Plan, and all bookkeeping accounts, books and records relating thereto shall be open to inspection and audit at all reasonable times by any person designated by the Committee.

Section 7.03. Transferability. Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s Account nor any rights with regard to the purchase or receipt of Common Stock under this Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Participant, except with respect to the death of the Participant as provided in Sections 6.02 and 6.04. Any such attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may treat such act as an election to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 6.01.
Section 7.04. Separate Accounting for Payroll Deductions. All funds received or held by the Corporation under this Plan may be used for the Corporation’s general corporate purposes, and the Corporation shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions or other funds.

Section 7.05. Only Employees Eligible To Participate. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to be eligible to purchase Common Stock hereunder as of a Purchase Date, a Participant must remain an employee at all times from the Offering Date through such Purchase Date.

Section 7.06. Equal Rights and Privileges. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, all Eligible Employees shall have the same rights and privileges under the Plan, as required by Code Section 423 and the regulations thereunder, and the Committee shall administer the Plan and interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan accordingly.

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

Section 8.01. Adjustment of Stock. In the event of any change after the Effective Date in the outstanding shares of Common Stock by reason of any reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, merger or consolidation, liquidation, or any other change, the Committee shall make a corresponding adjustment in the number and kind of shares reserved under this Plan, and in the Purchase Price and the number and kind of shares covered by outstanding purchase commitments under this Plan as determined by the Committee. Any determination by the Committee hereunder shall be conclusive, final and binding on all persons. If the Corporation is a party to a consolidation or a merger in which the Corporation is not the surviving corporation, a transaction that results in the acquisition of substantially all of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by a single person or group, or a sale or transfer of substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, the Committee may take such actions with respect to this Plan as the Committee deems appropriate.

Section 8.02. Amendment and Termination.

(a) The Committee, except any members participating in this Plan, may at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend, or terminate this Plan in any reasonable way; provided , however , that if this Plan is terminated the effective date of termination shall be immediately after the next Purchase Date; provided further , that the Committee may not, without approval by the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock:

(1)    increase the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under this Plan (other than to reflect adjustment permitted under Section
8.01 hereof);

(2)    change the class of shares which may be issued under this Plan;
(3) change the designation of the persons or class of persons eligible to participate and receive Common Stock under this Plan (except as permitted under Section 2.01(j)(1)); or

(4) change the provision of Section 5.02 concerning the Purchase Price,

(b) Unless earlier terminated by the Board of Directors pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 8.02, this Plan will terminate on the earlier of: (i) the last day of the Plan Term, or (ii) the date on which the authorized remaining Common Stock reserved for this Plan are not sufficient to enable each Participant on such date to purchase at least one share of Common Stock. No purchases of Common Stock under this Plan shall be made after the termination of this Plan.






ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01. Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Committee under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation or when received in the form and at the location or by the person specified by the Committee. Any notices or other communications by the Committee, Custodian, or Corporation to a Participant under or in connection with this Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when mailed to the most recent address of the Participant on the business records of the Corporation.

Section 9.02. No Right To Continued Employment. Neither enrollment in the Plan, the purchase of Common Stock hereunder, nor participation otherwise in the Plan shall impose any obligation on the Corporation or any subsidiary to continue to employ any person.

Section 9.03. Notice of Sale. As a condition of participation in this Plan, Finish Line may receive reports addressing sales by participants within two years of the Offering Date on which such shares were offered or within one year of the Purchase Date on which such shares were purchased. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Corporation (or employer) shall have the right to satisfy any obligations to withhold taxes incurred by reason of the issuance, receipt, and/or sale of Common Stock hereunder.

Section 9.04. Governing Law. The laws of the State of Indiana shall govern the this Plan and any dispute arising out of or relating to this Plan, without regard to any conflict of law principles or provisions


[End of Plan]



Exhibit 10.14
The Finish Line, Inc.
 
2009 Incentive Plan
 
Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement
 
Name of Participant:  __________________________
 
I am pleased to inform you that the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors of The Finish Line, Inc. (the “ Committee ”) has approved a grant to you of an Award of Non-Qualified Stock Options of The Finish Line, Inc., an Indiana corporation (the “ Company ”), as described in this The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, which includes Exhibit A to this Agreement (this “ Agreement ”).
 
1.            Grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options .  The Company hereby grants to you a Non-Qualified Stock Option to purchase from the Company the number of shares of Stock set forth next to “Number of Shares Awarded” on Exhibit A (for purposes of this Agreement “Stock” means the Company’s class of Common Stock checked next to “Class of Shares Awarded” on Exhibit A ), subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”), which is incorporated herein by reference, and this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same meaning ascribed thereto in the Plan. The Non-Qualified Stock Options are not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option pursuant to Section 422 of the Code.
 
2.            Grant and Exercise Price .  The Grant Date is the date set forth next to “Grant Date” on Exhibit A (the “ Grant Date ”). The exercise price of the Non-Qualified Stock Option is the price per share set forth next to “Non-Qualified Stock Option” and under the header “Exercise Price Per Share” on Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Price ”).
 
3.            Vesting .  You cannot exercise your Non-Qualified Stock Option and purchase the shares of Stock until your Non-Qualified Stock Option is “ Vested ,” which will occur as set forth under “Vesting Schedule” on Exhibit A (each date a Non-Qualified Stock Option becomes vested is the “ Vesting Date ”). Subject to the Plan and this Agreement, each Vested Non-Qualified Stock Option may be exercised and shares of Stock may be purchased, in whole or in part, beginning on the applicable Vesting Date and ending at 5:00 p.m. Indianapolis time on the date set forth next to “Non-Qualified Stock Option” under the header “Expiration Date of Award” on Exhibit A (the “ Expiration Date ”). The terms of the Plan shall govern the forfeiture and the expiration of the Non-Qualified Stock Options if you suffer a Termination of Employment at anytime on, prior to or after the Non-Qualified Stock Option becoming Vested. Notwithstanding the foregoing and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan,
 
(a)           In the event you suffer a Termination of Employment by reason of your Retirement (as hereinafter defined), then all unvested Non-Qualified Stock Options shall fully vest upon the date of such Termination of Employment due to Retirement and each vested Non-Qualified Stock Option shall terminate on the Expiration Date. “ Retirement ” means a Termination of Employment as a result of your resignation on or after you reach age 65 or prior to reaching age 65 if approved by the Company in its sole discretion. The Company shall have the sole right and authority to determine whether your Termination of Employment is a Retirement and such determination by the Company shall be final and binding on you.
 
(b)           In the event you suffer a Termination of Employment by reason of your death or your inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months (“ Permanent Disability ”), then all unvested Non-Qualified Stock Options shall fully vest upon the date of such Termination of Employment due to death or Permanent Disability and each vested Non-Qualified Stock Option shall terminate on the earlier of the Expiration Date or 5:00 p.m. Indianapolis time on the date that is [twelve (12) months/two (2) years] after the date of such Termination of Employment due to death or Permanent Disability. You shall not be deemed to have a Permanent Disability until proof of the existence thereof shall have been furnished to the Company in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Company may require and you agree that any determination by the Company that you do or do not have a Permanent Disability shall be final and binding upon you.
 
(c)           In the event you suffer a Termination of Employment for Cause, then (i) the portion of each Non-Qualified Stock Option that has not Vested on or prior to the date of such Termination of Employment for Cause shall immediately terminate and (ii) the remaining vested portion of such Non-Qualified Stock Option shall terminate one (1) month from the date of such Termination of Employment for Cause unless on or at the date of such Termination of Employment for Cause the Company, in its



sole discretion, determines that the Vested portion of such Non-Qualified Stock Option shall also terminate on the date of Termination of Employment for Cause. Any determination by the Company that you have been terminated for Cause shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion and shall be final and binding on you.
 
(d)           In the event you suffer a Termination of Employment for any reason other than those enumerated in (a) through (c) of this Section 3, then (i) the portion of each Non-Qualified Stock Option that has not Vested on or prior to the date of such Termination of Employment shall immediately terminate and (ii) the remaining Vested portion of each Non-Qualified Stock Option shall terminate on the earlier of the applicable Expiration Date or 5:00 p.m. Indianapolis time on the date [ninety (90) days/two (2) years] after the date of such Termination of Employment.
 
(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement in the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, if you shall die at any time after the Termination of Employment and prior to the date of termination of the applicable Non-Qualified Stock Option, then the remaining Vested but unexercised portion of the applicable Non-Qualified Stock Option shall terminate on the earlier of the Expiration Date or 5:00 p.m. Indianapolis time [one (1) year/two (2) years] after the date of death.
 
4.            No Shareholder Rights .  You shall not be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of any Stock and no Non-Qualified Stock Option or any interest therein may be sold, assigned, margined, transferred, encumbered, gifted, alienated, hypothecated, pledged or disposed of except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, until the Non-Qualified Stock Option shall have been duly exercised to purchase such Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan and a certificate evidencing the Stock shall be issued by the Company, and all Non-Qualified Stock Options shall be exercisable during your lifetime only by you.
 
5.            Exercise and Issuance of Certificates .  You may exercise your Vested and non-expired Non-Qualified Stock Options, in whole or in part, by providing written notice of exercise on a form provided by the Committee to the Company. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Exercise Price or by other means approved by the Committee in writing. As soon as practicable after an effective exercise and full payment of the Exercise Price in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the Company shall cause certificates for the appropriate number of shares of the Company’s Stock to be issued to you.
 
6.            Award Subject to Plan .  This Award of Non-Qualified Stock Options is granted pursuant to the Plan, as in effect on the Grant Date, and is subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan as the same may be amended from time to time and the rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan adopted by the Committee; provided, however, that no such amendment shall materially impair your rights under this Agreement without your consent. A copy of the Plan and the prospectus has been furnished to you. The Company shall, upon written request, send a copy of the Plan, in its then current form, and the prospectus, in its then current form, to you. In the event of any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan shall control, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly.
 
7.            Payment of Withholding Taxes .  If the Company becomes obligated to withhold an amount on account of any federal, state or local income tax imposed as a result of this Award of Non-Qualified Stock Options or the exercise of Non-Qualified Stock Options (such amount shall be referred to herein as the “ Withholding Liability ”), you agree to pay the Withholding Liability to the Company at such time and in such manner as is required by the Company. The obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to you.
 
8.            Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under the Plan or this Agreement shall be in writing or other form approved by the Committee and shall be deemed to have been duly given as follows (a) if to the Company mailed first class, postage prepaid 3308 North Mitthoeffer Road, Indianapolis, Indiana 46235 to the attention of the Secretary of the Company; or (b) if to you then delivered personally, mailed first class, postage prepaid at your last address known to the sender at the time the notice or other communication is sent or delivered, or by e-mail, interoffice mail, intranet or other means of office communication determined by the Committee.
 
9.            Stock Exchange Requirements; Applicable Laws .  You agree to comply with all laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the grant and vesting of each Award of Non-Qualified Stock Options and the sale or other disposition of Stock received pursuant to each Award of Non-Qualified Stock Options, including, without limitation, compliance with the Company’s insider trading policies. The Stock you receive under the Plan will have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”). If you are an “affiliate” of the Company, as that term is defined in Rule 144, promulgated pursuant to the 1933 Act (“ Rule 144 ”), you may not sell the Stock received pursuant to an Award of Non-Qualified Stock Options except in compliance



with Rule 144. Certificates representing Stock issued to an “affiliate” of the Company may bear a legend setting forth such restrictions on the disposition or transfer of the Stock as the Company deems appropriate to comply with federal and state securities laws.
 
10.            No Employment or Continued Service Rights .  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to alter the relationship between the Company or an Affiliate and you, or the contractual relationship between you and the Company or an Affiliate if there is a written contract regarding such relationship. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute a contract of employment between the Company or an Affiliate and you. The Company or an Affiliate and you continue to have the right to terminate the employment or service relationship at any time for any reason, except as provided in a written contract. The Company or an Affiliate shall have no obligation to retain you in its employ or service as a result of the Plan, this Agreement or the Award of Non-Qualified Stock Options. There shall be no inference as to the length of employment or service hereby, and the Company or an Affiliate reserves the same rights to terminate your employment or service as existed prior to you becoming a Participant in the Plan, entering into this Agreement or receiving the Award of Non-Qualified Stock Options.
 
11.            Governing Law and Venue .  This Agreement and the Award of Non-Qualified Stock Options granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana, without regard to conflict of law principles thereof. In the event of litigation arising in connection with actions under this Agreement and/or the Award of Non-Qualified Stock Options, you agree that you shall submit to the jurisdiction of courts located in Marion County, Indiana, or to the federal district court that encompasses said county.
 
12.            Entire Agreement .  This Plan and this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, provided that in the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Plan shall control.
 
13.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.
 
[Signature Page Immediately Follows]

 






In Witness Whereof, this The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is executed by the Parties on the Grant Date.
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Finish Line, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Printed:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
Accepted And Agreed to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Printed Name)
 
 
 

 




Exhibit A

Schedule of Award

The Finish Line, Inc.
2009 Incentive Plan


Participant Information :

(Participant Name)
(Participant Street Address, City, State and Zip Code)
 
 


Grant Date :
 
 


Number of Shares Awarded :
 
 


Class of Shares Awarded :
o  Class A Shares
 
 
Type of Award
Exercise Price per Share
Expiration Date of Award
□   Incentive Stock Option
$
 
□   Non-Qualified Stock Option
$
 
□   Restricted Stock
N/A
N/A


Vesting Schedule :
 

 





Exhibit 10.15
The Finish Line, Inc.
 
2009 Incentive Plan
 
Restricted Stock Award Agreement
 
Name of Participant:  ______________________________
 
I am pleased to inform you that the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors of The Finish Line, Inc. (the “ Committee ”) has approved a grant to you of an Award of Restricted Stock of The Finish Line, Inc., an Indiana corporation (the “ Company ”), as described in this The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement, which includes Exhibit A to this Agreement (this “ Agreement ”).
 
1.            Grant of Restricted Stock .  The Company hereby grants to you an Award of the number of shares of Restricted Stock set forth next to “Number of Shares Awarded” on Exhibit A (for purposes of this Agreement “Stock” represented by the shares of Restricted Stock are the Company’s shares of the class of Common Stock checked next to “Class of Shares Awarded” on Exhibit A ), subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”), which is incorporated herein by reference, and this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same meaning ascribed thereto in the Plan.
 
2.            Restrictions .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, during the period commencing on the date set forth next to “Grant Date” on Exhibit A (the “ Grant Date ”) and ending on the date the Restricted Stock is Vested pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement, you shall not be permitted to sell, assign, margin, transfer, encumber, convey, gift, alienate, hypothecate, pledge or dispose of the Restricted Stock.
 
3.            Vesting .  You will not own the Restricted Stock free and clear of the restrictions imposed by the Plan and this Agreement until your Restricted Stock is “ Vested ,” which will occur as set forth under “Vesting Schedule” on Exhibit A . The terms of the Plan shall govern the forfeiture of the Restricted Stock if you suffer a Termination of Employment prior to the Restricted Stock becoming Vested. Notwithstanding the foregoing and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan,
 
(a)           In the event you suffer a Termination of Employment by reason of your Retirement (as hereinafter defined), then all unvested Restricted Stock shall fully vest, and any restrictions shall lapse, upon the date of such Termination of Employment due to Retirement. “ Retirement ” means a Termination of Employment as a result of your resignation on or after you reach age 65 or prior to reaching age 65 if approved by the Company in its sole discretion. The Company shall have the sole right and authority to determine whether your Termination of Employment is a Retirement and such determination by the Company shall be final and binding on you.
 
(b)           In the event you suffer a Termination of Employment by reason of your death or your inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months (“ Permanent Disability ”), then all unvested Restricted Stock shall fully vest, and any restrictions shall lapse, upon the date of such Termination of Employment due to death or Permanent Disability. You shall not be deemed to have a Permanent Disability until proof of the existence thereof shall have been furnished to the Company in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Company may require and you agree that any determination by the Company that you do or do not have a Permanent Disability shall be final and binding upon you.
 
4.            Shareholder Rights .  During the period the Restricted Stock is not Vested, you shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive dividends and distributions.
 
5.            Issuance of Certificates .  If any certificate is issued representing the Restricted Stock, that certificate shall contain any legend deemed appropriate by the Company and that certificate may be retained by the Company and you agree to execute any share power in blank deemed appropriate by the Company. As soon as practicable after the Restricted Stock is Vested, the Company shall cause certificates for the appropriate number of shares of the Stock to be issued to you.
 
6.            Award Subject to Plan .  This Award of Restricted Stock is granted pursuant to the Plan, as in effect on the Grant Date, and is subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan as the same may be amended from time to time and the rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan adopted by the Committee; provided, however, that no such amendment shall materially

1



impair your rights under this Agreement without your consent. A copy of the Plan and the prospectus has been furnished to you. The Company shall, upon written request, send a copy of the Plan, in its then current form, and the prospectus, in its then current form, to you. In the event of any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan shall control, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly.
 
7.            Payment of Withholding Taxes .  If the Company becomes obligated to withhold an amount on account of any federal, state or local income tax imposed as a result of this Award of Restricted Stock or the vesting or lapsing of restrictions with respect to this Award of Restricted Stock (such amount shall be referred to herein as the “ Withholding Liability ”), you agree to pay the Withholding Liability to the Company at such time and in such manner as is required by the Company. The obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to you.
 
8.            Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under the Plan or this Agreement shall be in writing or other form approved by the Committee and shall be deemed to have been duly given as follows (a) if to the Company mailed first class, postage prepaid 3308 North Mitthoeffer Road, Indianapolis, Indiana 46235 to the attention of the Secretary of the Company; or (b) if to you then delivered personally, mailed first class, postage prepaid at your last address known to the sender at the time the notice or other communication is sent or delivered, or by e-mail, interoffice mail, intranet or other means of office communication determined by the Committee.
 
9.            Stock Exchange Requirements; Applicable Laws .  You agree to comply with all laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the grant and vesting of each Award of Restricted Stock and the sale or other disposition of Stock received pursuant to each Award of Restricted Stock, including, without limitation, compliance with the Company’s insider trading policies. The Stock you receive under the Plan will have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”). If you are an “affiliate” of the Company, as that term is defined in Rule 144, promulgated pursuant to the 1933 Act (“ Rule 144 ”), you may not sell the Stock received pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock except in compliance with Rule 144. Certificates representing Stock issued to an “affiliate” of the Company may bear a legend setting forth such restrictions on the disposition or transfer of the Stock as the Company deems appropriate to comply with federal and state securities laws.
 
10.            No Employment or Continued Service Rights .  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to alter the relationship between the Company or an Affiliate and you, or the contractual relationship between you and the Company or an Affiliate if there is a written contract regarding such relationship. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute a contract of employment between the Company or an Affiliate and you. The Company or an Affiliate and you continue to have the right to terminate the employment or service relationship at any time for any reason, except as provided in a written contract. The Company or an Affiliate shall have no obligation to retain you in its employ or service as a result of the Plan, this Agreement or the Award of Restricted Stock. There shall be no inference as to the length of employment or service hereby, and the Company or an Affiliate reserves the same rights to terminate your employment or service as existed prior to you becoming a Participant in the Plan, entering into this Agreement or receiving the Award of Restricted Stock.
 
11.            Governing Law and Venue .  This Agreement and the Award of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana, without regard to conflict of law principles thereof. In the event of litigation arising in connection with actions under this Agreement and/or the Award of Restricted Stock, you agree that you shall submit to the jurisdiction of courts located in Marion County, Indiana, or to the federal district court that encompasses said county.
 
12.            Entire Agreement .  This Plan and this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, provided that in the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Plan shall control.
 
13.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.
 
[Signature Page Immediately Follows]







2



In Witness Whereof, this The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement is executed by the Parties on the Grant Date.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Finish Line, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Printed:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
Accepted And Agreed to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Printed Name)
 
 
 

 

 


3



Exhibit A

Schedule of Award

The Finish Line, Inc.
2009 Incentive Plan


Participant Information :

(Participant Name)
(Participant Street Address, City, State and Zip Code)
 
 


Grant Date :
 
 


Number of Shares Awarded :
 
 


Class of Shares Awarded :
o  Class A Shares
 
 
Type of Award
Exercise Price per Share
Expiration Date of Award
□   Incentive Stock Option
$
 
□   Non-Qualified Stock Option
$
 
□   Restricted Stock
N/A
N/A


Vesting Schedule :
 

 









4


Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE FINISH LINE, INC.
 
Subsidiary
 
State of Incorporation
 
Percentage of Ownership
 
The Finish Line USA, Inc.
 
Indiana
 
100%
 
The Finish Line Distribution, Inc.
 
Indiana
 
100%
 
Finish Line Transportation Co., Inc.
 
Indiana
 
100%
 
The Finish Line MA, Inc.
 
Indiana
 
100%
 
The Finish Line Puerto Rico, Inc.
 
Indiana
 
100%
 
Spike’s Holding, LLC
 
Indiana
 
100%
 
The Running Specialty Group, LLC
 
Indiana
 
95%
 
The Running Specialty Group Acquisitions 1, LLC
 
Indiana
 
100%
*
 

*
The Running Specialty Group Acquisitions 1, LLC is owned 100% by The Running Specialty Group, LLC



Exhibit 23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
 
(1)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 033-84590) pertaining to The Finish Line, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan,
 
 
(2)
Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-100427 and 333-126881) pertaining to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan of The Finish Line, Inc.
 
 
(3)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-118069) pertaining to The Finish Line, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan,
 
 
(4)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-160751) pertaining to The Finish Line, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan,
 
 
(5)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-150091) of The Finish Line, Inc., and
 
 
(6)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-182628) of The Finish Line, Inc.
 
of our reports dated April 29, 2015 , with respect to the consolidated financial statements of The Finish Line, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of The Finish Line, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of The Finish Line, Inc. for the year ended February 28, 2015 .
 
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Indianapolis, Indiana
April 29, 2015




Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Glenn S. Lyon, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Finish Line, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of the annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
April 29, 2015
By:
/s/ GLENN S. LYON
 
 
 
Glenn S. Lyon
 
 
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 






Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Edward W. Wilhelm, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Finish Line, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of the annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
April 29, 2015
By:
/s/ EDWARD W. WILHELM
 
 
 
Edward W. Wilhelm
 
 
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 





Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Each of the undersigned hereby certifies, in his capacity as an officer of The Finish Line, Inc. (the “Company”), for purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that to the best of his knowledge:
The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended February 28, 2015 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78); and
The information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material aspects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.
 
 
 
Date:
April 29, 2015
 
 
 
By:
/ S / G LENN  S. L YON
 
 
Glenn S. Lyon
 
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
By:
/s/ E DWARD  W. W ILHELM
 
 
Edward W. Wilhelm
 
 
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to The Finish Line, Inc. and will be retained by The Finish Line, Inc. and forwarded to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.